uncomment final rm

*** empty log message ***
2025-09-10 07:59:52 +02:00 · 1999-05-09 15:59:27 +00:00 · 1999-05-09 15:56:27 +00:00 · 1999-05-09 15:13:41 +00:00 · 1999-05-09 15:13:09 +00:00 · 1999-05-09 15:11:52 +00:00
549 changed files with 23475 additions and 11606 deletions
--- a/4
+++ b/4
@@ -4,6 +4,10 @@
 # It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest
 # only to the maintainer.

+# Systems where /bin/sh is not the default shell need this.  The $(shell)
+# command below won't work with e.g. stock DOS/Windows shells.
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
 have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes)

 # If the user runs GNU make but has not yet run ./configure,
--- a/Makefile.maint
+++ b/Makefile.maint
@@ -11,44 +11,67 @@ maintainer-check:
 	$(MAKE) distcheck
 	$(MAKE) my-distcheck

+prev-version := $(shell echo $(VERSION)|tr a-z Xa-y)
+tag-package = $(shell echo "$(PACKAGE)" | tr a-z A-Z)
+tag-this-version = $(subst .,_,$(VERSION))
+tag-prev-version = $(subst .,_,$(prev-version))
+this-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-this-version)
+prev-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-prev-version)
+
+
 # Tag before making distribution.  Also, don't make a distribution if
 # checks fail.  Also, make sure the NEWS file is up-to-date.
+# FIXME: use dist-hook/my-dist like distcheck-hook/my-distcheck.
 cvs-dist: maintainer-check
-	pkg=`echo "$(PACKAGE)" | tr a-z A-Z`; \
-	ver=`echo "$(VERSION)" | sed 's/\./_/g'`; \
-	tag="$$pkg-$$ver"; \
-	echo tag=$$tag; \
-	if cvs -n log -h README| grep -e $$tag > /dev/null; then \
+	echo $(this-cvs-tag); \
+	if cvs -n log -h README| grep -e $(this-cvs-tag): > /dev/null; then \
 	  echo "VERSION not new; not tagging" 1>&2; \
 	  exit 1; \
 	fi; \
 	cvs update po; \
-	cvs tag -c $$tag
+	cvs tag -c $(this-cvs-tag)
 	$(MAKE) dist

 t=./=test
-my-distcheck: dist
+my-distcheck:
 	-rm -rf $(t)
 	mkdir $(t)
-	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
+	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(AMTAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
 	cd $(t)/$(distdir) \
 	  && ./configure --disable-nls \
-	  && $(MAKE) \
+	  && $(MAKE) CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' \
 	  && $(MAKE) dvi \
 	  && $(MAKE) check \
 	  && $(MAKE) distclean
-	cd $(t) && $(TAR) --diff -z -f ../$(distdir).tar.gz
+	cd $(t) && mv $(distdir) $(distdir).old \
+	  && $(AMTAR) -zxf ../$(distdir).tar.gz
+	diff -ur $(t)/$(distdir).old $(t)/$(distdir)
 	-rm -rf $(t)
 	@echo "========================"; \
 	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
 	echo "========================"

-THIS_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')
-# FIXME: this works only for test releases.
+THIS_VERSION_REGEXP = $(subst .,\.,$(VERSION))
+# FIXME: this works only for Gnits-style test releases.
 PREV_VERSION := $(shell echo $(VERSION)|tr a-z Xa-y)
 PREV_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(PREV_VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')
 v = Version
-url = ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/$(distdir).tar.gz
+
+a_host=alpha.gnu.org
+b_host=tug.org
+c_host=ftp.enst.fr
+
+a_url_dir=gnu/fetish
+b_url_dir=gnu/fetish
+c_url_dir=pub/gnu/gnits/fetish
+
+a_real_dir=/fs/share/ftp/gnu/fetish
+b_real_dir=/home/ftp/pub/gnu/fetish
+c_real_dir=/pub/gnu/gnits/fetish
+
+url_dir_list = $(foreach x,a b c,ftp://$($(x)_host)/$($(x)_url_dir))
+real_dir_list = $(foreach x,a b c,ftp://$($(x)_host)$($(x)_real_dir))
+
 md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')

 rel-check:
@@ -66,7 +89,9 @@ announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(distdir).tar.gz
 	  echo; \
 	  echo FIXME: put comments here; \
 	  echo; \
-	  echo "  $(url)"; \
+	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  done; \
 	  echo; \
 	  echo "$(md5)  $(distdir).tar.gz"; \
 	  echo; \
@@ -75,6 +100,22 @@ announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(distdir).tar.gz
 	    | grep -v '^\['; \
 	  echo; \
 	  echo ChangeLog entries:; \
-	  sed -n "/$v $(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)/,/$v $(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)/p" \
-	    ChangeLog | grep -v '\* $v'; \
+	  find . -name ChangeLog \
+	    | xargs cvs diff -up -r$(prev-cvs-tag) -rHEAD \
+	    | sed -n 's/^+//p' \
+	    | perl -ne 'm!^\+\+ (\./)?! or print,next;'	\
+	      -e 'print "\n"."*"x70 ."\n"; s///; print; print "*"x70 ."\n"'; \
 	)
+
+alpha:
+	$(MAKE) cvs-dist
+	$(MAKE) -s announcement > /tmp/announce-$(distdir)
+	ln $(distdir).tar.gz ../release
+	chmod a-w $(distdir).tar.gz
+	@echo =====================================
+	@for url in $(real_dir_list); do \
+	  echo "ncftp -u $$url/"; \
+	done
+	@echo '#   put $(distdir).tar.gz'
+	@echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
+	@echo =====================================
--- a/32
+++ b/32
@@ -2,14 +2,26 @@ This is just a start at listing e-mail addresses of contributors.
 The rest of the addresses are still in the ChangeLog.

 Achim Blumensath: blume@corona.oche.de
+aldomel: aldomel@ix.netcom.com
+Alen Muzinic: zveki@fly.cc.fer.hr
+Akim Demaille: demaille@inf.enst.fr
+Alain Magloire: alain@qnx.com
+Alexey Solovyov: alekso@math.uu.se
+Andreas Jaeger: jaeger@gnu.org
 Andreas Schwab: schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de
+Andrew Dalke: dalke@bioreason.com
+Andrew Tridgell: tridge@samba.org
 Andries Brouwer: Andries.Brouwer@cwi.nl
 Arne Henrik Juul: arnej@imf.unit.no
 Bauke Jan Douma: bjdouma@xs4all.nl
 Bengt Martensson: bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de
+Bernd Leibing: bernd.leibing@rz.uni-ulm.de
 Bjorn Helgaas: helgaas@rsn.hp.com
+Bob McCracken: kerouac@ravenet.com
+Brendan O'Dea: bod@compusol.com.au
 Charles Karney: karney@pppl.gov
 Christian von Roques: roques@pond.sub.org
+Colin Plumb: colin@nyx.net
 Dirk Lattermann: dlatt@t-online.de
 Don Parsons: dparsons@synapse.kent.edu
 Eirik Fuller: eirik@netcom.com
@@ -23,28 +35,48 @@ Hugh Daniel: hugh@xanadu.com
 James: james@albion.glarp.com
 James Antill: jmanti%essex.ac.uk@seralph21.essex.ac.uk
 James Tanis: jtt@soscorp.com
+Jamie Lokier: jamie@imbolc.ucc.ie
+Janos Farkas: chexum@shadow.banki.hu
 Jesse Thilo: jgt2@eecs.lehigh.edu
 Joakim Rosqvist: dvljrt@cs.umu.se
+Johan Danielsson: joda@pdc.kth.se
+John Bley: jbb6@acpub.duke.edu
 John Gatewood Ham: zappaman@alphabox.compsci.buu.ac.th
+John Gotts: jgotts@umich.edu
+jvogel: jvogel@linkny.com
+Karl Heuer: kwzh@gnu.org
 Kjetil Torgrim Homme: kjetilho@ifi.uio.no
+Larry McVoy: lm@sgi.com
+Lars Hecking: lhecking@nmrc.ucc.ie
 Lorne Baker: lbaker@nitro.avint.net
 Marcus Daniels: marcus@sysc.pdx.edu
 Mark A. Thomas: thommark@access.digex.net
 Mark Harris: mark@monitor.designacc.com
+Mark Kettenis: kettenis@phys.uva.nl
 Marty Leisner: leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com
 Masami Takikawa: takikawm@CS.ORST.EDU
 Matthew S. Levine: mslevine@theory.lcs.mit.edu
+Matthew Swift: swift@alum.mit.edu
+Matthias Urlichs: smurf@noris.de
+Michiel Bacchiani: bacchian@raven.bu.edu
 Miles Bader: miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu
 Noel Cragg: noel@red-bean.com
 Olav Morkrid: olav@funcom.com
+Per Kristian Hove: perhov@math.ntnu.no
 Peter Eriksson: peter@ifm.liu.se
+Peter Samuelson: psamuels@sampo.creighton.edu
 Paul Eggert: eggert@twinsun.com
 Philippe De Muyter: phdm@macqel.be
+Rainer Orth: ro@TechFak.Uni-Bielefeld.DE
 Ross Ridge: rridge@calum.csclub.uwaterloo.ca
 Santiago Vila Doncel: sanvila@unex.es
 Stuart Kemp: skemp@peter.bmc.com
 Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG: thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+Ton Hospel: thospel@mail.dma.be
 Torbjorn Lindgren: tl@funcom.no
 Tony Leneis: tony@plaza.ds.adp.com
+Ulrich Drepper: drepper@cygnus.com
+Volker Borchert: bt@teknon.de
 Michael Veksler: mveksler@techunix.technion.ac.il
 Wayne Stewart: wstewa@atl.com
+William Bader: william@nscs.fast.net
--- a/doc/.cvsignore
+++ b/doc/.cvsignore
@@ -1,20 +1,19 @@
 Makefile
-fileutils.info
-version.texi
-fileutils.info*
-fileutils.log
-fileutils.dvi
 fileutils.aux
-fileutils.toc
-fileutils.cp
-fileutils.fn
-fileutils.vr
-fileutils.tp
-fileutils.ky
-fileutils.pg
 fileutils.cm
-fileutils.fl
-fileutils.op
+fileutils.cp
 fileutils.cps
+fileutils.dvi
+fileutils.fl
+fileutils.fn
+fileutils.info
+fileutils.info*
+fileutils.ky
+fileutils.log
+fileutils.op
+fileutils.pg
+fileutils.toc
+fileutils.tp
+fileutils.vr
 stamp-vti
 version.texi
--- a/doc/Makefile.am
+++ b/doc/Makefile.am
@@ -3,8 +3,12 @@ info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi

 EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi

-# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: sh-utils.info.
-# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like sh-utils.info-[123],
-# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (sh-utils.info-) on some crufty
+# The following is necessary if the package name is 8 characters or longer.
+# If the info documentation would be split into 10 or more separate files,
+# then this is necessary even if the package name is 7 characters long.
+#
+# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: <package>.info.
+# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like <package>.info-[123],
+# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (<package>.info-) on some crufty
 # old systems.
 MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split
--- a/doc/Makefile.in
+++ b/doc/Makefile.in
@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.3 from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am

-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
 # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
 # PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
+SHELL = @SHELL@

 srcdir = @srcdir@
 top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ mandir = @mandir@
 includedir = @includedir@
 oldincludedir = /usr/include

-DISTDIR =
+DESTDIR =

 pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
@@ -48,6 +48,7 @@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG =
 transform = @program_transform_name@

 NORMAL_INSTALL = :
@@ -56,6 +57,10 @@ POST_INSTALL = :
 NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
 PRE_UNINSTALL = :
 POST_UNINSTALL = :
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_triplet = @host@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AMTARFLAGS = @AMTARFLAGS@
 CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
 CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
 CC = @CC@
@@ -63,8 +68,10 @@ CPP = @CPP@
 DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
 DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
 GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GETCONF = @GETCONF@
 GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
 GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GNU_PACKAGE = @GNU_PACKAGE@
 GT_NO = @GT_NO@
 GT_YES = @GT_YES@
 INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
@@ -88,20 +95,25 @@ VERSION = @VERSION@
 YACC = @YACC@
 l = @l@

+
 info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi

 EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi

-# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: sh-utils.info.
-# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like sh-utils.info-[123],
-# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (sh-utils.info-) on some crufty
+# The following is necessary if the package name is 8 characters or longer.
+# If the info documentation would be split into 10 or more separate files,
+# then this is necessary even if the package name is 7 characters long.
+#
+# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: <package>.info.
+# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like <package>.info-[123],
+# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (<package>.info-) on some crufty
 # old systems.
 MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split
 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
 CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
 CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
+DIST_SOURCES = 
 TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
-TEXINFO_TEX = $(srcdir)/texinfo.tex
 INFO_DEPS = fileutils.info
 DVIS = fileutils.dvi
 TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
@@ -109,15 +121,13 @@ DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in mdate-sh stamp-vti texinfo.tex \
 version.texi


-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-
-TAR = tar
-GZIP = --best
-all: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)

+GZIP_ENV = --best
+all: all-redirect
 .SUFFIXES:
 .SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo .txi
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
 	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits doc/Makefile

 Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
@@ -125,18 +135,18 @@ Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
 	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status


-version.texi: stamp-vti
-	cp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
+$(srcdir)/version.texi: stamp-vti
+	@:

-stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
-	@echo "@set UPDATED `cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && $(SHELL) ./mdate-sh fileutils.texi`" > vti.tmp
+$(srcdir)/stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+	@echo "@set UPDATED `$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mdate-sh $(srcdir)/fileutils.texi`" > vti.tmp
 	@echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
 	@echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
-	@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti \
-	  || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/stamp-vti"; \
-	      cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti)
+	@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi \
+	  || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/version.texi"; \
+	      cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi)
 	-@rm -f vti.tmp
+	@cp $(srcdir)/version.texi $@

 mostlyclean-vti:
 	-rm -f vti.tmp
@@ -146,7 +156,7 @@ clean-vti:
 distclean-vti:

 maintainer-clean-vti:
-	-rm -f stamp-vti version.texi
+	-rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi

 fileutils.info: fileutils.texi version.texi
 fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi version.texi
@@ -201,7 +211,8 @@ DVIPS = dvips
 install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
 	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
-	@for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
 	  for ifile in `cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
 	    if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
@@ -212,7 +223,8 @@ install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
 	done
 	@$(POST_INSTALL)
 	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
-	  for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	  for file in $$list; do \
 	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\
 	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\
 	  done; \
@@ -221,19 +233,24 @@ install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
 uninstall-info:
 	$(PRE_UNINSTALL)
 	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
-	  ii=yes; \
-	else ii=; fi; \
-	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	  test -z "$ii" \
-	    || install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $$file; \
-	done
+	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	  for file in $$list; do \
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $$file"; \
+	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else :; fi
 	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
-	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	  (cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) && rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]); \
+	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
+	  (if cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir); then \
+	     echo " rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9])"; \
+	     rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]; \
+	   else :; fi); \
 	done

 dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
-	for base in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for base in $$list; do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
 	  for file in `cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \
 	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
@@ -244,17 +261,18 @@ dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)

 mostlyclean-aminfo:
 	-rm -f fileutils.aux fileutils.cp fileutils.cps fileutils.dvi \
-	  fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.ky fileutils.kys \
-	  fileutils.ps fileutils.log fileutils.pg fileutils.toc \
-	  fileutils.tp fileutils.tps fileutils.vr fileutils.vrs \
-	  fileutils.op fileutils.tr fileutils.cv fileutils.cn
+	  fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.pgs fileutils.ky \
+	  fileutils.kys fileutils.ps fileutils.log fileutils.pg \
+	  fileutils.toc fileutils.tp fileutils.tps fileutils.vr \
+	  fileutils.vrs fileutils.op fileutils.tr fileutils.cv \
+	  fileutils.cn

 clean-aminfo:

 distclean-aminfo:

 maintainer-clean-aminfo:
-	for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
 	  rm -f $$i; \
 	  if test "`echo $$i-[0-9]*`" != "$$i-[0-9]*"; then \
 	    rm -f $$i-[0-9]*; \
@@ -276,64 +294,78 @@ distdir: $(DISTFILES)
 	  && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnits doc/Makefile
 	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \
+	  fi; \
 	done
-	$(MAKE) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
-dvi: $(DVIS)
-check: all
-	$(MAKE)
-installcheck:
-install-exec: 
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)

-install-data: install-info-am
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
+info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+info: info-am
+dvi-am: $(DVIS)
+dvi: dvi-am
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+installcheck-am:
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-exec-am:
+install-exec: install-exec-am

-install: install-exec install-data all
-	@:
-
-uninstall: uninstall-info
+install-data-am: install-info-am
+install-data: install-data-am

+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+install: install-am
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
+all-redirect: all-am
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s install
 installdirs:
 	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)


 mostlyclean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)

 clean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)

 distclean-generic:
-	-rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
-	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)

 maintainer-clean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
-	-test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic
+mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic

-clean:  clean-vti clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am

-distclean:  distclean-vti distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean
-	-rm -f config.status
+clean-am:  clean-vti clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean-am

-maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-aminfo \
-		maintainer-clean-generic distclean
+clean: clean-am
+
+distclean-am:  distclean-vti distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-aminfo \
+		maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."

+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
 .PHONY: mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti maintainer-clean-vti \
 install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo distclean-aminfo \
-clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info dvi installcheck \
-install-exec install-data install uninstall all installdirs \
-mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
+clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info-am info dvi-am \
+dvi check check-am installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am \
+install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am install \
+uninstall-am uninstall all-redirect all-am all install-strip \
+installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
 maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean


--- a/doc/perm.texi
+++ b/doc/perm.texi
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ the file to all users.
@cindex numeric modes
@cindex file permissions, numeric
@cindex octal numbers for file modes
-File permissions are stored internally as 16 bit integers.  As an
+File permissions are stored internally as integers.  As an
 alternative to giving a symbolic mode, you can give an octal (base 8)
 number that corresponds to the internal representation of the new mode.
 This number is always interpreted in octal; you do not have to add a
@@ -440,12 +440,13 @@ A numeric mode is usually shorter than the corresponding symbolic
 mode, but it is limited in that it can not take into account a file's
 previous permissions; it can only set them absolutely.

-The permissions granted to the user, to other users in the file's group,
+On most systems, the permissions granted to the user,
+to other users in the file's group,
 and to other users not in the file's group are each stored as three
 bits, which are represented as one octal digit.  The three special
 permissions are also each stored as one bit, and they are as a group
-represented as another octal digit.  Here is how the bits are arranged
-in the 16 bit integer, starting with the lowest valued bit:
+represented as another octal digit.  Here is how the bits are arranged,
+starting with the lowest valued bit:

@example
 Value in  Corresponding
--- a/doc/sh-utils.texi
+++ b/doc/sh-utils.texi
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ by the Foundation.
@end titlepage


-@ifinfo
+@ifnottex
@node Top
@top GNU shell utilities

@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ This manual documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU shell utilities.

 * Index::                       General index.
@end menu
-@end ifinfo
+@end ifnottex


@node Introduction
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ The GNU shell utilities are mostly compatible with the POSIX.2 standard.
@c This paragraph appears in all of fileutils.texi, textutils.texi, and
@c sh-utils.texi too -- so be sure to keep them consistent.
@cindex bugs, reporting
-Please report bugs to @samp{sh-utils-bugs@@gnu.org}.  Remember
+Please report bugs to @samp{bug-sh-utils@@gnu.org}.  Remember
 to include the version number, machine architecture, input files, and
 any other information needed to reproduce the bug: your input, what you
 expected, what you got, and why it is wrong.  Diffs are welcome, but
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ This makes it possible to test @code{expr length quote "$x"} or
@code{expr quote "$x" : '.*/\(.\)'} and have it do the right thing even if
 the value of @var{$x} happens to be (for example) @code{/} or @code{index}.
 This operator is a GNU extension.  It is disabled when
-the environment variable @var{POSIXLY_CORRECT} is set.
+the environment variable @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT} is set.

@end table

@@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ Tell the kernel that the terminal has @var{n} columns.  Non-POSIX.
@vindex COLUMNS
 Print the number of rows and columns that the kernel thinks the
 terminal has.  (Systems that don't support rows and cols in the kernel
-typically use the environment variables @code{LINES} and @code{COLUMNS}
+typically use the environment variables @env{LINES} and @env{COLUMNS}
 instead; however, GNU @code{stty} does not know anything about them.)
 Non-POSIX.

@@ -2390,6 +2390,33 @@ input.  This is useful when you have many dates to process, because the
 system overhead of starting up the @code{date} executable many times can
 be considerable.

+@item -I[@var{timespec}]
+@itemx --iso-8601[=@var{timespec}]
+@opindex -I[@var{timespec}]
+@opindex --iso-8601[=@var{timespec}]
+Display the date using the ISO 8601 format, @samp{%Y-%m-%d}.
+
+The optional argument @var{timespec} specifies the number of additional
+terms of the time to include.  It can be one of the following:
+@table @samp
+@item auto
+The default behavior: print just the date.
+
+@item hours
+Append the hour of the day to the date.
+
+@item minutes
+Append the hours and minutes.
+
+@item seconds
+Append the hours, minutes, and seconds.
+@end table
+
+If showing any time terms, then include the time zone using the format
+@samp{%z}.  If @samp{--utc} is also specified, use @samp{%Z} in place of
+@samp{%z}.
+
+@item -R
@itemx --rfc-822
@opindex -R
@opindex --rfc-822
@@ -2690,7 +2717,7 @@ Ordinarily, filenames are looked up starting at the root of the
 directory structure, i.e., @file{/}.  @code{chroot} changes the root to
 the directory @var{newroot} (which must exist) and then runs
@var{command} with optional @var{args}.  If @var{command} is not
-specified, the default is the value of the @code{SHELL} environment
+specified, the default is the value of the @env{SHELL} environment
 variable or @code{/bin/sh} if not set, invoked with the @samp{-i} option.

 The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
@@ -2720,7 +2747,7 @@ to an empty value is different from unsetting it.

@vindex PATH
 The first remaining argument specifies the program name to invoke; it is
-searched for according to the @code{PATH} environment variable.  Any
+searched for according to the @env{PATH} environment variable.  Any
 remaining arguments are passed as arguments to that program.

@cindex environment, printing
@@ -2864,9 +2891,9 @@ effective user id of zero (the super-user).
@vindex LOGNAME
@cindex login shell
 By default, @code{su} does not change the current directory.
-It sets the environment variables @code{HOME} and @code{SHELL}
+It sets the environment variables @env{HOME} and @env{SHELL}
 from the password entry for @var{user}, and if @var{user} is not
-the super-user, sets @code{USER} and @code{LOGNAME} to @var{user}.
+the super-user, sets @env{USER} and @env{LOGNAME} to @var{user}.
 By default, the shell is not a login shell.

 Any additional @var{arg}s are passed as additional arguments to the
@@ -2917,10 +2944,10 @@ expansion (globbing), which is not likely to be useful.
@vindex PATH
@cindex login shell, creating
 Make the shell a login shell.  This means the following.  Unset all
-environment variables except @code{TERM}, @code{HOME}, and @code{SHELL}
-(which are set as described above), and @code{USER} and @code{LOGNAME}
+environment variables except @env{TERM}, @env{HOME}, and @env{SHELL}
+(which are set as described above), and @env{USER} and @env{LOGNAME}
 (which are set, even for the super-user, as described above), and set
-@code{PATH} to a compiled-in default value.  Change to @var{user}'s home
+@env{PATH} to a compiled-in default value.  Change to @var{user}'s home
 directory.  Prepend @samp{-} to the shell's name, intended to make it
 read its login startup file(s).

@@ -2933,9 +2960,9 @@ read its login startup file(s).
@cindex environment, preserving
@flindex /etc/shells
@cindex restricted shell
-Do not change the environment variables @code{HOME}, @code{USER},
-@code{LOGNAME}, or @code{SHELL}.  Run the shell given in the environment
-variable @code{SHELL} instead of the shell from @var{user}'s passwd
+Do not change the environment variables @env{HOME}, @env{USER},
+@env{LOGNAME}, or @env{SHELL}.  Run the shell given in the environment
+variable @env{SHELL} instead of the shell from @var{user}'s passwd
 entry, unless the user running @code{su} is not the superuser and
@var{user}'s shell is restricted.  A @dfn{restricted shell} is one that
 is not listed in the file @file{/etc/shells}, or in a compiled-in list
--- a/doc/texinfo.tex
+++ b/doc/texinfo.tex
--- a/doc/textutils.texi
+++ b/doc/textutils.texi
@@ -41,6 +41,7 @@ START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
 * sum: (textutils)sum invocation.               Print traditional checksum.
 * tac: (textutils)tac invocation.               Reverse files.
 * tail: (textutils)tail invocation.             Output the last part of files.
+* tsort: (textutils)tsort invocation.           Topological sort.
 * tr: (textutils)tr invocation.                 Translate characters.
 * unexpand: (textutils)unexpand invocation.     Convert spaces to tabs.
 * uniq: (textutils)uniq invocation.             Uniqify files.
@@ -102,7 +103,10 @@ by the Foundation.
@end titlepage


-@ifinfo
+@c If your makeinfo doesn't grok this @ifnottex directive, then either
+@c get a newer version of makeinfo or do s/ifnottex/ifinfo/ here and on
+@c the matching @end directive below.
+@ifnottex
@node Top
@top GNU text utilities

@@ -118,7 +122,7 @@ This manual documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU text utilities.
 * Formatting file contents::           fmt pr fold
 * Output of parts of files::           head tail split csplit
 * Summarizing files::                  wc sum cksum md5sum
-* Operating on sorted files::   sort uniq comm ptx
+* Operating on sorted files::          sort uniq comm ptx tsort
 * Operating on fields within a line::  cut paste join
 * Operating on characters::            tr expand unexpand
 * Opening the software toolbox::       The software tools philosophy.
@@ -160,10 +164,11 @@ Operating on sorted files
 * uniq invocation::             Uniqify files.
 * comm invocation::             Compare two sorted files line by line.
 * ptx invocation::              Produce a permuted index of file contents.
+* tsort invocation::            Topological sort.

@code{ptx}: Produce permuted indexes

-* General options in ptx::      Options which affect general program behaviour.
+* General options in ptx::      Options which affect general program behavior.
 * Charset selection in ptx::    Underlying character set considerations.
 * Input processing in ptx::     Input fields, contexts, and keyword selection.
 * Output formatting in ptx::    Types of output format, and sizing the fields.
@@ -201,7 +206,7 @@ Opening the software toolbox
@end detailmenu
@end menu

-@end ifinfo
+@end ifnottex


@node Introduction
@@ -220,7 +225,7 @@ The GNU text utilities are mostly compatible with the @sc{POSIX.2} standard.
@c This paragraph appears in all of fileutils.texi, textutils.texi, and
@c sh-utils.texi too -- so be sure to keep them consistent.
@cindex bugs, reporting
-Please report bugs to @email{textutils-bugs@@gnu.org}.  Remember
+Please report bugs to @email{bug-textutils@@gnu.org}.  Remember
 to include the version number, machine architecture, input files, and
 any other information needed to reproduce the bug: your input, what you
 expected, what you got, and why it is wrong.  Diffs are welcome, but
@@ -307,11 +312,32 @@ The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
@opindex --show-all
 Equivalent to @samp{-vET}.

+@item -B
+@itemx --binary
+@opindex -B
+@opindex --binary
+@cindex binary and text I/O in cat
+On MS-DOS and MS-Windows only, causes @code{cat} read and write the
+files in binary mode.  By default, @code{cat} on MS-DOS/MS-Windows uses
+binary mode only when standard output is redirected to a file or a pipe;
+this option overrides that.  Binary file I/O is used so that the files
+retain their format (Unix text as opposed to DOS text and binary),
+because @code{cat} is frequently used as file copying program.  Some
+options (see below) cause @code{cat} read and write files in text mode
+because then the original file contents aren't important (e.g., when
+lines are numbered by @code{cat}, or when line endings should be
+marked).  This is so these options work as DOS/Windows users would
+expect; for example, DOS-style text files have their lines end with
+@key{CR-LF} pair of characters which won't be processed as an empty line
+by @samp{-b} unless the file is read in text mode.
+
@item -b
@itemx --number-nonblank
@opindex -b
@opindex --number-nonblank
-Number all nonblank output lines, starting with 1.
+Number all nonblank output lines, starting with 1.  On MS-DOS and
+MS-Windows, this option causes @code{cat} to read and write files in
+text mode.

@item -e
@opindex -e
@@ -321,20 +347,25 @@ Equivalent to @samp{-vE}.
@itemx --show-ends
@opindex -E
@opindex --show-ends
-Display a @samp{$} after the end of each line.
+Display a @samp{$} after the end of each line.  On MS-DOS and
+MS-Windows, this option causes @code{cat} to read and write files in
+text mode.

@item -n
@itemx --number
@opindex -n
@opindex --number
-Number all output lines, starting with 1.
+Number all output lines, starting with 1.  On MS-DOS and MS-Windows,
+this option causes @code{cat} to read and write files in text mode.

@item -s
@itemx --squeeze-blank
@opindex -s
@opindex --squeeze-blank
@cindex squeezing blank lines
-Replace multiple adjacent blank lines with a single blank line.
+Replace multiple adjacent blank lines with a single blank line.  On
+MS-DOS and MS-Windows, this option causes @code{cat} to read and write
+files in text mode.

@item -t
@opindex -t
@@ -355,8 +386,10 @@ Ignored; for Unix compatibility.
@opindex -v
@opindex --show-nonprinting
 Display control characters except for @key{LFD} and @key{TAB} using
-@samp{^} notation and precede characters that have the high bit set
-with @samp{M-}.
+@samp{^} notation and precede characters that have the high bit set with
+@samp{M-}.  On MS-DOS and MS-Windows, this option causes @code{cat} to
+read files and standard input in DOS binary mode, so the @key{CR}
+characters at the end of each line are also visible.

@end table

@@ -394,7 +427,10 @@ precedes in the file.
@itemx --regex
@opindex -r
@opindex --regex
-Treat the separator string as a regular expression.
+Treat the separator string as a regular expression.  Users of @code{tac}
+on MS-DOS/MS-Windows should note that, since @code{tac} reads files in
+binary mode, each line of a text file might end with a CR/LF pair
+instead of the Unix-style LF.

@item -s @var{separator}
@itemx --separator=@var{separator}
@@ -928,23 +964,43 @@ optionally outputting in multicolumn format; optionally merges all
 pr [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{file}]@dots{}
@end example

-By default, a 5-line header is printed: two blank lines; a line with the
-date, the file name, and the page count; and two more blank lines.  A
-footer of five blank lines is also printed. With the @samp{-f} option, a
-3-line header is printed: the leading two blank lines are omitted; no
-footer used. The default @var{page_length} in both cases is 66 lines.
-The text line of the header takes up the full @var{page_width} in the
-form @samp{yy-mm-dd HH:MM string Page nnnn}. String is a centered
-string.
+By default, a 5-line header is printed at each page: two blank lines;
+a line with the date, the filename, and the page count; and two more
+blank lines.  A footer of five blank lines is also printed.  With the @samp{-F}
+option, a 3-line header is printed: the leading two blank lines are
+omitted; no footer is used.  The default @var{page_length} in both cases is 66
+lines.  The default number of text lines changes from 56 (without @samp{-F})
+to 63 (with @samp{-F}).  The text line of the header takes up the full
+@var{page_width} in the form @samp{yyyy-mm-dd HH:MM string Page nnnn}.
+String is a centered header string.

-Form feeds in the input cause page breaks in the output. Multiple form
+Form feeds in the input cause page breaks in the output.  Multiple form
 feeds produce empty pages.

-Columns have equal width, separated by an optional string (default
-space). Lines will always be truncated to line width (default 72),
-unless you use the @samp{-j} option. For single column output no line
-truncation occurs by default. Use @samp{-w} option to truncate lines
-in that case.
+Columns are of equal width, separated by an optional string (default
+is @samp{space}).  For multicolumn output, lines will always be truncated to
+@var{page_width} (default 72), unless you use the @samp{-J} option.  For single
+column output no line truncation occurs by default.  Use @samp{-W} option to
+truncate lines in that case.
+
+   Including version 1.22i:
+
+Some small @var{letter options} (@samp{-s}, @samp{-w}) has been redefined
+with the object of a better @var{posix} compliance.  The output of some
+further cases has been adapted to other @var{unix}es.  A violation of
+downward compatibility has to be accepted.
+
+Some @var{new capital letter} options (@samp{-J}, @samp{-S}, @samp{-W})
+has been introduced to turn off unexpected interferences of small letter
+options.  The @samp{-N} option and the second argument @var{last_page}
+of @samp{+FIRST_PAGE} offer more flexibility.  The detailed handling of
+form feeds set in the input files requires @samp{-T} option.
+
+Capital letter options dominate small letter ones.
+
+Some of the option-arguments (compare @samp{-s}, @samp{-S}, @samp{-e},
+@samp{-i}, @samp{-n}) cannot be specified as separate arguments from the
+preceding option letter (already stated in the @var{posix} specification).

 The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.

@@ -954,32 +1010,39 @@ The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
@itemx --pages=@var{first_page}[:@var{last_page}]
@opindex +@var{first_page}[:@var{last_page}]
@opindex --pages
-Begin printing with page @var{first_page} and stop with
-@var{last_page}. Missing @samp{:@var{last_page}} implies end of file. While
-estimating the number of skipped pages each form feed in the input file
-results in a new page. Page counting with and without
-@samp{+@var{first_page}} is identical. By default, it starts with the
-first page of input file (not first page printed). Page numbering may be
-altered by @samp{-N} option.
+Begin printing with page @var{first_page} and stop with @var{last_page}.
+Missing @samp{:@var{last_page}} implies end of file.  While estimating
+the number of skipped pages each form feed in the input file results
+in a new page.  Page counting with and without @samp{+@var{first_page}}
+is identical.  By default, counting starts with the first page of input
+file (not first page printed).  Line numbering may be altered by @samp{-N}
+option.

@item -@var{column}
@itemx --columns=@var{column}
@opindex -@var{column}
@opindex --columns
@cindex down columns
-With each single @var{file}, produce @var{column}-column output and
-print columns down. The column width is automatically estimated from
-@var{page_width}. This option might well cause some columns to be
-truncated. The number of lines in the columns on each page will be
-balanced. @samp{-@var{column}} may not be used with @samp{-m} option.
+With each single @var{file}, produce @var{column} columns of output
+(default is 1) and print columns down, unless @samp{-a} is used.  The
+column width is automatically decreased as @var{column} increases; unless
+you use the @samp{-W/-w} option to increase @var{page_width} as well.
+This option might well cause some lines to be truncated.  The number of
+lines in the columns on each page are balanced.  The options @samp{-e}
+and @samp{-i} are on for multiple text-column output.  Together with
+@samp{-J} option column alignment and line truncation is turned off.
+Lines of full length are joined in a free field format and @samp{-S}
+option may set field separators.  @samp{-@var{column}} may not be used
+with @samp{-m} option.

@item -a
@itemx --across
@opindex -a
@opindex --across
@cindex across columns
-With each single @var{file}, print columns across rather than down.
-@var{column} must be greater than one.
+With each single @var{file}, print columns across rather than down.  The
+@samp{-@var{column}} option must be given with @var{column} greater than one.
+If a line is too long to fit in a column, it is truncated.

@item -c
@itemx --show-control-chars
@@ -1001,7 +1064,7 @@ Double space the output.
@opindex -e
@opindex --expand-tabs
@cindex input tabs
-Expand tabs to spaces on input.  Optional argument @var{in-tabchar} is
+Expand @var{tab}s to spaces on input.  Optional argument @var{in-tabchar} is
 the input tab character (default is @key{TAB}).  Second optional
 argument @var{in-tabwidth} is the input tab character's width (default
 is 8).
@@ -1012,93 +1075,110 @@ is 8).
@opindex -F
@opindex -f
@opindex --form-feed
-Use a form feed instead of newlines to separate output pages. Default
-page length of 66 lines is not altered. But the number of lines of text
-per page changes from 56 to 63 lines.
-
+Use a form feed instead of newlines to separate output pages.  The default
+page length of 66 lines is not altered.  But the number of lines of text
+per page changes from default 56 to 63 lines.

@item -h @var{HEADER}
@itemx --header=@var{HEADER}
@opindex -h
@opindex --header
-Replace the file name in the header with the centered string
-@var{header}. Left-hand-side truncation (marked by a @samp{*}) may occur
-if the total header line @samp{yy-mm-dd HH:MM HEADER Page nnnn}
-becomes larger than @var{page_width}. @samp{-h ""} prints a blank line
-header. Don't use @samp{-h""}. A space between the -h option and the
-argument is always peremptory.
+Replace the filename in the header with the centered string @var{header}.
+Left-hand-side truncation (marked by a @samp{*}) may occur if the total
+header line @samp{yyyy-mm-dd HH:MM HEADER Page nnnn} becomes larger than
+@var{page_width}.  @samp{-h ""} prints a blank line header.  Don't use
+@samp{-h""}.
+A space between the @samp{-h} option and the argument is always
+indispensable.

@item -i[@var{out-tabchar}[@var{out-tabwidth}]]
@itemx --output-tabs[=@var{out-tabchar}[@var{out-tabwidth}]]
@opindex -i
@opindex --output-tabs
@cindex output tabs
-Replace spaces with tabs on output.  Optional argument @var{out-tabchar}
+Replace spaces with @var{tab}s on output.  Optional argument @var{out-tabchar}
 is the output tab character (default is @key{TAB}).  Second optional
 argument @var{out-tabwidth} is the output tab character's width (default
 is 8).

-@item -j
+@item -J
@itemx --join-lines
-@opindex -j
+@opindex -J
@opindex --join-lines
-Merge lines of full length. Used together with the column options
-@samp{-@var{column}}, @samp{-a -@var{column}} or @samp{-m}. Turns off
-@samp{-w} line truncation; no column alignment used; may be used with
-@samp{-s[@var{separator}]}.
+Merge lines of full length.  Used together with the column options
+@samp{-@var{column}}, @samp{-a -@var{column}} or @samp{-m}.  Turns off
+@samp{-W/-w} line truncation;
+no column alignment used; may be used with @samp{-S[@var{string}]}.
+@samp{-J} has been introduced (together with @samp{-W} and @samp{-S})
+to disentangle the old (@var{posix} compliant) options @samp{-w} and
+@samp{-s} along with the three column options.


@item -l @var{page_length}
@itemx --length=@var{page_length}
@opindex -l
@opindex --length
-Set the page length to @var{page_length} (default 66) lines. If
-@var{page_length} is less than or equal 10 (and <= 3 with @samp{-f}),
-the headers and footers are omitted, and all form feeds set in input
-files are eliminated, as if the @samp{-T} option had been given.
+Set the page length to @var{page_length} (default 66) lines, including
+the lines of the header [and the footer].  If @var{page_length} is less
+than or equal 10 (and <= 3 with @samp{-F}), the header and footer are
+omitted, and all form feeds set in input files are eliminated, as if
+the @samp{-T} option had been given.

@item -m
@itemx --merge
@opindex -m
@opindex --merge
-Merge and print all @var{file}s in parallel, one in each column. If a
-line is too long to fit in a column, it is truncated (but see
-@samp{-j}). @samp{-s[@var{separator}]} may be used. Empty pages in some
-@var{file}s (form feeds set) produce empty columns, still marked by
-@var{separator}. Completely empty common pages show no separators or
-line numbers. The default header becomes
-@samp{yy-mm-dd HH:MM <blanks> Page nnnn}; may be used with
-@samp{-h @var{header}} to fill up the middle part.
-
+Merge and print all @var{file}s in parallel, one in each column.  If a
+line is too long to fit in a column, it is truncated, unless @samp{-J}
+option is used.  @samp{-S[@var{string}]} may be used.  Empty pages in
+some @var{file}s (form feeds set) produce empty columns, still marked
+by @var{string}.  The result is a continuous line numbering and column
+marking throughout the whole merged file.  Completely empty merged pages
+show no separators or line numbers.  The default header becomes
+@samp{yyyy-mm-dd HH:MM <blanks> Page nnnn}; may be used with
+@samp{-h @var{header}} to fill up the middle blank part.

@item -n[@var{number-separator}[@var{digits}]]
@itemx --number-lines[=@var{number-separator}[@var{digits}]]
@opindex -n
@opindex --number-lines
-Precede each column with a line number; with parallel @var{file}s
-(@samp{-m}), precede only each line with a line number. Optional argument
-@var{number-separator} is the character to print after each number
-(default is @key{TAB}).  Optional argument @var{digits} is the number of
-digits per line number (default is 5). Default line counting starts with
-first line of the input file (not with the first line printed, see
-@samp{-N}).
+Provide @var{digits} digit line numbering (default for @var{digits} is
+5).  With multicolumn output the number occupies the first @var{digits}
+column positions of each text column or only each line of @samp{-m}
+output.  With single column output the number precedes each line just as
+@samp{-m} does.  Default counting of the line numbers starts with 1st
+line of the input file (not the 1st line printed, compare the
+@samp{--page} option and @samp{-N} option).
+Optional argument @var{number-separator} is the character appended to
+the line number to separate it from the text followed.  The default
+separator is a @key{TAB}.  In a strict sense a @key{TAB} is always
+printed with single column output only.  The @var{TAB}-width varies
+with the @var{TAB}-position, e.g. with the left @var{margin} specified
+by @samp{-o} option.  With multicolumn output priority is given to
+@samp{equal width of output columns} (a @var{posix} specification).
+The @var{TAB}-width is fixed to the value of the 1st column and does
+not change with different values of left @var{margin}.  That means a
+fixed number of spaces is always printed in the place of the
+@var{number-separator tab}.  The tabification depends upon the output
+position.

@item -N @var{line_number}
@itemx --first-line-number=@var{line_number}
@opindex -N
@opindex --first-line-number
-Start line counting with no. @var{line_number} at first line of first
-page printed.
+Start line counting with the number @var{line_number} at first line of
+first page printed (in most cases not the first line of the input file).

-@item -o @var{n}
-@itemx --indent=@var{n}
+@item -o @var{margin}
+@itemx --indent=@var{margin}
@opindex -o
@opindex --indent
@cindex indenting lines
@cindex left margin
-Indent each line with @var{n} (default is zero) spaces wide, i.e., set
-the left margin.  The total page width is @var{n} plus the width set
-with the @samp{-w} option.
+Indent each line with a margin @var{margin} spaces wide (default is zero).
+The total page width is the size of the margin plus the @var{page_width}
+set with the @samp{-W/-w} option.  A limited overflow may occur with
+numbered single column output (compare @samp{-n} option).

@item -r
@itemx --no-file-warnings
@@ -1107,34 +1187,50 @@ with the @samp{-w} option.
 Do not print a warning message when an argument @var{file} cannot be
 opened.  (The exit status will still be nonzero, however.)

-@item -s[@var{separator}]
-@itemx --separator[=@var{separator}]
+@item -s[@var{char}]
+@itemx --separator[=@var{char}]
@opindex -s
@opindex --separator
-Separate columns by a string @var{separator}. Don't use
-@samp{-s @var{separator}}, no space between flag and argument. If this
-option is omitted altogether, the default is @key{TAB} together with
-@samp{-j} option and space otherwise (same as @samp{-s" "}). With
-@samp{-s} only, no separator is used (same as @samp{-s""}). @samp{-s}
-does not affect line truncation or column alignment.
+Separate columns by a single character @var{char}.  Default for @var{char}
+is the @key{TAB} character without @samp{-w} and @samp{no character} with
+@samp{-w}.  Without @samp{-s} default separator @samp{space} is set.
+@samp{-s[char]} turns off line truncation of all three column options
+(@samp{-COLUMN}|@samp{-a -COLUMN}|@samp{-m}) except @samp{-w} is set.
+That is a @var{posix} compliant formulation.
+
+
+@item -S[@var{string}]
+@itemx --sep-string[=@var{string}]
+@opindex -S
+@opindex --sep-string
+Separate columns by any string @var{string}.  The @samp{-S} option doesn't
+react upon the @samp{-W/-w} option (unlike @samp{-s} option does).  It
+does not affect line truncation or column alignment.  A separator is
+defined, nothing else.  Without @samp{-S}: default separator @key{TAB}
+is used with @samp{-J} and @samp{space} otherwise (same as @samp{-S" "}).
+With @samp{-S} only: no separator is used, same as @samp{-S""}.  Quotes
+should be used with blanks and some shell active characters.  Some of the
+@code{pr} options don't allow the option letter to be separated from its
+argument.  @samp{-S/-s} is one of them.  Don't use @samp{-S "STRING"}.
+That's @var{posix} compliant.

@item -t
@itemx --omit-header
@opindex -t
@opindex --omit-header
 Do not print the usual header [and footer] on each page, and do not fill
-out the bottoms of pages (with blank lines or a form feed). No page
-structure is produced, but retain form feeds set in the input files. The
-predefined page layout is not changed. @samp{-t} or @samp{-T} may be
-useful together with other options; e.g.: @samp{-t -e4}, expand
-@key{TAB} in the input file to 4 spaces but do not do any other changes.
-Use of @samp{-t} overrides @samp{-h}.
+out the bottom of pages (with blank lines or a form feed).  No page
+structure is produced, but form feeds set in the input files are retained.
+The predefined pagination is not changed.  @samp{-t} or @samp{-T} may be
+useful together with other options; e.g.: @samp{-t -e4}, expand @key{TAB}
+in the input file to 4 spaces but don't make any other changes.  Use of
+@samp{-t} overrides @samp{-h}.

@item -T
@itemx --omit-pagination
@opindex -T
@opindex --omit-pagination
-Do not print header [and footer]. In addition eliminate all form feeds
+Do not print header [and footer].  In addition eliminate all form feeds
 set in the input files.

@item -v
@@ -1147,14 +1243,28 @@ Print unprintable characters in octal backslash notation.
@itemx --width=@var{page_width}
@opindex -w
@opindex --width
-Set the page width to @var{page_width} (default 72) characters.
-With/without @samp{-w}, header lines are always truncated to
-@var{page_width} characters. With @samp{-w}, text lines are truncated,
-unless @samp{-j} is used. Without @samp{-w} together with one of the
-column options @samp{-@var{column}}, @samp{-a -@var{column}} or
-@samp{-m}, default truncation of text lines to 72 characters is used.
-Without @samp{-w} and without any of the column options, no line
-truncation is used. That's equivalent to @samp{-w 72 -j}.
+Set page width to @var{page_width} characters for multiple text-column
+output only (default for @var{page_width} is 72).  @samp{-s[CHAR]} turns
+off the default page width and any line truncation and column alignment.
+Lines of full length are merged, regardless of the column options
+set.  No @var{page_width} setting is possible with single column output.
+A @var{posix} compliant formulation.
+
+@item -W @var{page_width}
+@itemx --page_width=@var{page_width}
+@opindex -W
+@opindex --page_width
+Set the page width to @var{page_width} characters.  That's valid with and
+without a column option.  Text lines are truncated, unless @samp{-J}
+is used.  Together with one of the three column options
+(@samp{-@var{column}}, @samp{-a -@var{column}} or @samp{-m}) column
+alignment is always used.  The separator options @samp{-S} or @samp{-s}
+don't affect the @samp{-W} option.  Default is 72 characters.  Without
+@samp{-W @var{page_width}} and without any of the column options NO line
+truncation is used (defined to keep downward compatibility and to meet
+most frequent tasks).  That's equivalent to @samp{-W 72 -J}.  With and
+without @samp{-W @var{page_width}} the header line is always truncated
+to avoid line overflow.

@end table

@@ -1174,7 +1284,7 @@ lines.  Synopsis:
 fold [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{file}]@dots{}
@end example

-By default, @code{fold} breaks lines wider than 80 columns. The output
+By default, @code{fold} breaks lines wider than 80 columns.  The output
 is split into as many lines as necessary.

@cindex screen columns
@@ -1359,16 +1469,47 @@ Output the last @var{bytes} bytes, instead of final lines.  Appending
 by 1048576.

@item -f
-@itemx --follow
+@itemx --follow[=@var{how}]
@opindex -f
@opindex --follow
@cindex growing files
+@vindex name @r{follow option}
+@vindex descriptor @r{follow option}
 Loop forever trying to read more characters at the end of the file,
-presumably because the file is growing.  Ignored if reading from a pipe.
+presumably because the file is growing.  This option is ignored when
+reading from a pipe.
 If more than one file is given, @code{tail} prints a header whenever it
 gets output from a different file, to indicate which file that output is
 from.

+There are two ways to specify how you'd like to track files with this option,
+but that difference is noticeable only when a followed file is removed.
+If you'd like to continue to track the end of a growing file even after
+it has been unlinked, use @samp{--follow=descriptor}.  This is the default
+behavior, but it is not useful if you're tracking a log file that may be
+rotated (removed and reopened).  In that case, use @samp{--follow=name} to
+track the named file by reopening it periodically
+@c FIXME: cross reference to the new option name
+to see if it has been removed and recreated by some other program.
+
+No matter which method you use, if the tracked file is determined to have
+shrunk, @code{tail} prints a message saying the file has been truncated
+and resumes tracking the end of the file from the newly-determined endpoint.
+
+When a file is removed, @code{tail}'s behavior depends on whether it is
+following the name or the descriptor.  When following by name, tail can
+detect that a file has been removed and gives a message to that effect,
+and if @samp{--allow-missing} has been specified it will continue checking
+periodically to see if the file reappears.
+When following a descriptor, tail does not detect that the file has
+been unlinked and issues no message.
+
+The option values @samp{descriptor} and @samp{name} may be specified only
+with the long form of the option, not with @samp{-f}.
+
+@c FIXME-describe --allow-missing  [useful only with --follow]
+@c FIXME-describe --sleep-interval [useful only with --follow]
+
@itemx -n @var{n}
@itemx --lines=@var{n}
@opindex -n
@@ -1788,7 +1929,8 @@ The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 Treat all input files as binary.  This option has no effect on Unix
 systems, since they don't distinguish between binary and text files.
 This option is useful on systems that have different internal and
-external character representations.
+external character representations.  On MS-DOS and MS-Windows, this is
+the default.

@item -c
@itemx --check
@@ -1858,7 +2000,8 @@ These commands work with (or produce) sorted files.
 * sort invocation::             Sort text files.
 * uniq invocation::             Uniqify files.
 * comm invocation::             Compare two sorted files line by line.
-* ptx invocation::
+* ptx invocation::              Produce a permuted index of file contents.
+* tsort invocation::            Topological sort.
@end menu


@@ -1925,7 +2068,7 @@ addition, if the final byte of an input file is not a newline, GNU
 Upon any error, @code{sort} exits with a status of @samp{2}.

@vindex TMPDIR
-If the environment variable @code{TMPDIR} is set, @code{sort} uses its
+If the environment variable @env{TMPDIR} is set, @code{sort} uses its
 value as the directory for temporary files instead of @file{/tmp}.  The
@samp{-T @var{tempdir}} option in turn overrides the environment
 variable.
@@ -2046,9 +2189,11 @@ check that no pair of consecutive lines compares equal.
@opindex -k
@cindex sort field
 The recommended, @sc{POSIX}, option for specifying a sort field.  The field
-consists of the line between @var{pos1} and @var{pos2} (or the end of
-the line, if @var{pos2} is omitted), inclusive.  Fields and character
-positions are numbered starting with 1.  See below.
+consists of the part of the line between @var{pos1} and @var{pos2} (or the
+end of the line, if @var{pos2} is omitted), @emph{inclusive}.
+Fields and character positions are numbered starting with 1.
+So to sort on the second field, you'd use @samp{-k 2,2}
+See below for more examples.

@item -z
@opindex -z
@@ -2183,6 +2328,16 @@ and an explicit @samp{n} with the second key specifier.
 sort -t : -b -k 5,5 -k 3,3n /etc/passwd
@end example

+@c This example is a bit contrived and needs more explanation.
+@c @item
+@c Sort records separated by an arbitrary string by using a pipe to convert
+@c each record delimiter string to @samp{\0}, then using sort's -z option,
+@c and converting each @samp{\0} back to the original record delimiter.
+@c
+@c @example
+@c printf 'c\n\nb\n\na\n'|perl -0pe 's/\n\n/\n\0/g'|sort -z|perl -0pe 's/\0/\n/g'
+@c @end example
+
@end itemize


@@ -2253,6 +2408,17 @@ Ignore differences in case when comparing lines.
@cindex duplicate lines, outputting
 Print only duplicate lines.

+@item -D
+@itemx --all-repeated
+@opindex -D
+@opindex --all-repeated
+@cindex all duplicate lines, outputting
+Print all duplicate lines and only duplicate lines.
+This option is useful mainly in conjunction with other options e.g.,
+to ignore case or to compare only selected fields.
+This is a GNU extension.
+@c FIXME: give an example showing *how* it's useful
+
@item -u
@itemx --unique
@opindex -u
@@ -2309,6 +2475,57 @@ Upon normal completion @code{comm} produces an exit code of zero.
 If there is an error it exits with nonzero status.


+@node tsort invocation
+@section @code{tsort}: Topological sort
+
+@pindex tsort
+@cindex topological sort
+
+@code{tsort} performs a topological sort on the given @var{file}, or
+standard input if no input file is given or for a @var{file} of
+@samp{-}.  Synopsis:
+
+@example
+tsort [@var{option}] [@var{file}]
+@end example
+
+@code{tsort} reads its input as pairs of strings, separated by blanks,
+indicating a partial ordering.  The output is a total ordering that
+corresponds to the given partial ordering.
+
+For example
+
+@example
+tsort <<EOF
+a b c
+d
+e f
+b c d e
+EOF
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+will produce the output
+
+@example
+a
+b
+c
+d
+e
+f
+@end example
+
+@code{tsort} will detect cycles in the input and writes the first cycle
+encountered to standard error.
+
+Note that for a given partial ordering, generally there is no unique
+total ordering.
+
+The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
+options}.
+
+
@node ptx invocation
@section @code{ptx}: Produce permuted indexes

@@ -2327,7 +2544,7 @@ all GNU extensions and revert to traditional mode, thus introducing some
 limitations, and changes several of the program's default option values.
 When @samp{-G} is not specified, GNU extensions are always enabled.  GNU
 extensions to @code{ptx} are documented wherever appropriate in this
-document.  See @xref{Compatibility in ptx} for an explicit list of them.
+document.  For the full list, see @xref{Compatibility in ptx}.

 Individual options are explained in incoming sections.

@@ -2371,7 +2588,7 @@ convention more than once per program invocation.
@node General options in ptx
@subsection General options

-@table @code
+@table @samp

@item -C
@itemx --copyright
@@ -2408,7 +2625,7 @@ expression for a keyword allows foreign or diacriticized letters.
 Keyword sorting, however, is still crude; it obeys the underlying
 character set ordering quite blindly.

-@table @code
+@table @samp

@item -f
@itemx --ignore-case
@@ -2420,18 +2637,18 @@ Fold lower case letters to upper case for sorting.
@node Input processing in ptx
@subsection Word selection and input processing

-@table @code
+@table @samp

@item -b @var{file}
@item --break-file=@var{file}

-This option is an alternative way to option @code{-W} for describing
-which characters make up words.  This option introduces the name of a
+This option provides an alternative (to @samp{-W}) method of describing
+which characters make up words.  It introduces the name of a
 file which contains a list of characters which can@emph{not} be part of
 one word, this file is called the @dfn{Break file}.  Any character which
 is not part of the Break file is a word constituent.  If both options
-@code{-b} and @code{-W} are specified, then @code{-W} has precedence and
-@code{-b} is ignored.
+@samp{-b} and @samp{-W} are specified, then @samp{-W} has precedence and
+@samp{-b} is ignored.

 When GNU extensions are enabled, the only way to avoid newline as a
 break character is to write all the break characters in the file with no
@@ -2446,7 +2663,7 @@ The file associated with this option contains a list of words which will
 never be taken as keywords in concordance output.  It is called the
@dfn{Ignore file}.  The file contains exactly one word in each line; the
 end of line separation of words is not subject to the value of the
-@code{-S} option.
+@samp{-S} option.

 There is a default Ignore file used by @code{ptx} when this option is
 not specified, usually found in @file{/usr/local/lib/eign} if this has
@@ -2460,7 +2677,7 @@ The file associated with this option contains a list of words which will
 be retained in concordance output, any word not mentioned in this file
 is ignored.  The file is called the @dfn{Only file}.  The file contains
 exactly one word in each line; the end of line separation of words is
-not subject to the value of the @code{-S} option.
+not subject to the value of the @samp{-S} option.

 There is no default for the Only file.  In the case there are both an
 Only file and an Ignore file, a word will be subject to be a keyword
@@ -2471,14 +2688,14 @@ only if it is given in the Only file and not given in the Ignore file.

 On each input line, the leading sequence of non white characters will be
 taken to be a reference that has the purpose of identifying this input
-line on the produced permuted index.  See @xref{Output formatting in ptx} for
-more information about reference production.  Using this option change
-the default value for option @code{-S}.
+line on the produced permuted index.  For more information about reference
+production, see @xref{Output formatting in ptx}.
+Using this option changes the default value for option @samp{-S}.

 Using this option, the program does not try very hard to remove
 references from contexts in output, but it succeeds in doing so
@emph{when} the context ends exactly at the newline.  If option
-@code{-r} is used with @code{-S} default value, or when GNU extensions
+@samp{-r} is used with @samp{-S} default value, or when GNU extensions
 are disabled, this condition is always met and references are completely
 excluded from the output contexts.

@@ -2490,25 +2707,25 @@ line or the end of a sentence.  In fact, there is other distinction
 between end of lines or end of sentences than the effect of this regular
 expression, and input line boundaries have no special significance
 outside this option.  By default, when GNU extensions are enabled and if
-@code{-r} option is not used, end of sentences are used.  In this
+@samp{-r} option is not used, end of sentences are used.  In this
 case, the precise @var{regex} is imported from GNU emacs:

@example
 [.?!][]\"')@}]*\\($\\|\t\\|  \\)[ \t\n]*
@end example

-Whenever GNU extensions are disabled or if @code{-r} option is used, end
+Whenever GNU extensions are disabled or if @samp{-r} option is used, end
 of lines are used; in this case, the default @var{regexp} is just:

@example
 \n
@end example

-Using an empty REGEXP is equivalent to completely disabling end of line or end
-of sentence recognition.  In this case, the whole file is considered to
-be a single big line or sentence.  The user might want to disallow all
-truncation flag generation as well, through option @code{-F ""}.
-@xref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs
+Using an empty @var{regexp} is equivalent to completely disabling end of
+line or end of sentence recognition.  In this case, the whole file is
+considered to be a single big line or sentence.  The user might want to
+disallow all truncation flag generation as well, through option @samp{-F
+""}.  @xref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs
 Manual}.

 When the keywords happen to be near the beginning of the input line or
@@ -2530,11 +2747,11 @@ the corresponding characters by @code{ptx} itself.

 This option selects which regular expression will describe each keyword.
 By default, if GNU extensions are enabled, a word is a sequence of
-letters; the @var{regexp} used is @code{\w+}.  When GNU extensions are
+letters; the @var{regexp} used is @samp{\w+}.  When GNU extensions are
 disabled, a word is by default anything which ends with a space, a tab
-or a newline; the @var{regexp} used is @code{[^ \t\n]+}.
+or a newline; the @var{regexp} used is @samp{[^ \t\n]+}.

-An empty REGEXP is equivalent to not using this option, letting the
+An empty @var{regexp} is equivalent to not using this option, letting the
 default dive in.  @xref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs,
 The GNU Emacs Manual}.

@@ -2548,15 +2765,15 @@ the corresponding characters by @code{ptx} itself.
@node Output formatting in ptx
@subsection Output formatting

-Output format is mainly controlled by @code{-O} and @code{-T} options,
-described in the table below.  When neither @code{-O} nor @code{-T} is
+Output format is mainly controlled by @samp{-O} and @samp{-T} options,
+described in the table below.  When neither @samp{-O} nor @samp{-T} is
 selected, and if GNU extensions are enabled, the program choose an
 output format suited for a dumb terminal.  Each keyword occurrence is
 output to the center of one line, surrounded by its left and right
 contexts.  Each field is properly justified, so the concordance output
 could readily be observed.  As a special feature, if automatic
-references are selected by option @code{-A} and are output before the
-left context, that is, if option @code{-R} is @emph{not} selected, then
+references are selected by option @samp{-A} and are output before the
+left context, that is, if option @samp{-R} is @emph{not} selected, then
 a colon is added after the reference; this nicely interfaces with GNU
 Emacs @code{next-error} processing.  In this default output format, each
 white space character, like newline and tab, is merely changed to
@@ -2567,7 +2784,7 @@ characters is transmitted verbatim.

 Output format is further controlled by the following options.

-@table @code
+@table @samp

@item -g @var{number}
@itemx --gap-size=@var{number}
@@ -2580,7 +2797,7 @@ line.

 Select the output maximum width of each final line.  If references are
 used, they are included or excluded from the output maximum width
-depending on the value of option @code{-R}.  If this option is not
+depending on the value of option @samp{-R}.  If this option is not
 selected, that is, when references are output before the left context,
 the output maximum width takes into account the maximum length of all
 references.  If this options is selected, that is, when references are
@@ -2594,22 +2811,22 @@ them.
 Select automatic references.  Each input line will have an automatic
 reference made up of the file name and the line ordinal, with a single
 colon between them.  However, the file name will be empty when standard
-input is being read.  If both @code{-A} and @code{-r} are selected, then
+input is being read.  If both @samp{-A} and @samp{-r} are selected, then
 the input reference is still read and skipped, but the automatic
 reference is used at output time, overriding the input reference.

@item -R
@itemx --right-side-refs

-In default output format, when option @code{-R} is not used, any
-reference produced by the effect of options @code{-r} or @code{-A} are
+In default output format, when option @samp{-R} is not used, any
+reference produced by the effect of options @samp{-r} or @samp{-A} are
 given to the far right of output lines, after the right context.  In
-default output format, when option @code{-R} is specified, references
+default output format, when option @samp{-R} is specified, references
 are rather given to the beginning of each output line, before the left
-context.  For any other output format, option @code{-R} is almost
+context.  For any other output format, option @samp{-R} is almost
 ignored, except for the fact that the width of references is @emph{not}
-taken into account in total output width given by @code{-w} whenever
-@code{-R} is selected.
+taken into account in total output width given by @samp{-w} whenever
+@samp{-R} is selected.

 This option is automatically selected whenever GNU extensions are
 disabled.
@@ -2620,15 +2837,15 @@ disabled.
 This option will request that any truncation in the output be reported
 using the string @var{string}.  Most output fields theoretically extend
 towards the beginning or the end of the current line, or current
-sentence, as selected with option @code{-S}.  But there is a maximum
-allowed output line width, changeable through option @code{-w}, which is
+sentence, as selected with option @samp{-S}.  But there is a maximum
+allowed output line width, changeable through option @samp{-w}, which is
 further divided into space for various output fields.  When a field has
 to be truncated because cannot extend until the beginning or the end of
 the current line to fit in the, then a truncation occurs.  By default,
-the string used is a single slash, as in @code{-F /}.
+the string used is a single slash, as in @samp{-F /}.

-@var{string} may have more than one character, as in @code{-F ...}.
-Also, in the particular case @var{string} is empty (@code{-F ""}),
+@var{string} may have more than one character, as in @samp{-F ...}.
+Also, in the particular case @var{string} is empty (@samp{-F ""}),
 truncation flagging is disabled, and no truncation marks are appended in
 this case.

@@ -2673,9 +2890,9 @@ line will look like:
@end example

@noindent
-so it will be possible to write write a @code{\xx} definition to take
-care of the output typesetting.  Note that when references are not being
-produced, that is, neither option @code{-A} nor option @code{-r} is
+so it will be possible to write a @code{\xx} definition to take care of
+the output typesetting.  Note that when references are not being
+produced, that is, neither option @samp{-A} nor option @samp{-r} is
 selected, the last parameter of each @code{\xx} call is inhibited.
 Option @samp{-M} might be used to change @samp{xx} to another macro
 name.
@@ -2734,10 +2951,10 @@ meaning when GNU extensions are enabled, as explained below.
@item
 By default, concordance output is not formatted for @code{troff} or
@code{nroff}.  It is rather formatted for a dumb terminal.  @code{troff}
-or @code{nroff} output may still be selected through option @code{-O}.
+or @code{nroff} output may still be selected through option @samp{-O}.

@item
-Unless @code{-R} option is used, the maximum reference width is
+Unless @samp{-R} option is used, the maximum reference width is
 subtracted from the total output line width.  With GNU extensions
 disabled, width of references is not taken into account in the output
 line width computations.
@@ -2746,7 +2963,7 @@ line width computations.
 All 256 characters, even @kbd{NUL}s, are always read and processed from
 input file with no adverse effect, even if GNU extensions are disabled.
 However, System V @code{ptx} does not accept 8-bit characters, a few
-control characters are rejected, and the tilda @kbd{~} is condemned.
+control characters are rejected, and the tilde @kbd{~} is condemned.

@item
 Input line length is only limited by available memory, even if GNU
@@ -2829,12 +3046,12 @@ take up 1 character.
 Print only the fields listed in @var{field-list}.  Fields are
 separated by a @key{TAB} by default.

-@item -d @var{delim}
-@itemx --delimiter=@var{delim}
+@item -d @var{input_delim_byte}
+@itemx --delimiter=@var{input_delim_byte}
@opindex -d
@opindex --delimiter
-For @samp{-f}, fields are separated by the first character in @var{delim}
-(default is @key{TAB}).
+For @samp{-f}, fields are separated in the input by the first character
+in @var{input_delim_byte} (default is @key{TAB}).

@item -n
@opindex -n
@@ -2847,6 +3064,12 @@ Do not split multi-byte characters (no-op for now).
 For @samp{-f}, do not print lines that do not contain the field separator
 character.

+@itemx --output-delimiter=@var{output_delim_string}
+@opindex --output-delimiter
+For @samp{-f}, output fields are separated by @var{output_delim_string}
+The default is to use the input delimiter.
+
+
@end table


@@ -3305,7 +3528,7 @@ cat "$@@" \
@subsection Warning messages

@vindex POSIXLY_CORRECT
-Setting the environment variable @code{POSIXLY_CORRECT} turns off the
+Setting the environment variable @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT} turns off the
 following warning and error messages, for strict compliance with
@sc{POSIX.2}.  Otherwise, the following diagnostics are issued:

@@ -3950,9 +4173,9 @@ appropriate tool, build one.

 As of this writing, all the programs we've discussed are available via
 anonymous @code{ftp} from @code{prep.ai.mit.edu} as
-@file{/pub/gnu/textutils-1.9.tar.gz} directory.@footnote{Version 1.9 was
-current when this column was written. Check the nearest GNU archive for
-the current version.}
+@file{/pub/gnu/textutils-1.9.tar.gz}.@footnote{Version 1.9 was current
+when this column was written. Check the nearest GNU archive for the
+current version.  The main GNU FTP site is now @code{ftp.gnu.org}.}

 None of what I have presented in this column is new. The Software Tools
 philosophy was first introduced in the book @cite{Software Tools},
--- a/lib/.cvsignore
+++ b/lib/.cvsignore
@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
+.deps
 Makefile
 getdate.c
-safe-stat.h
-safe-stat.c
+getdate.tab.c
+lstat.c
 safe-lstat.c
 safe-lstat.h
-getdate.tab.c
-.deps
+safe-stat.c
+safe-stat.h
+stat.c
--- a/lib/.gdb-history
+++ b/lib/.gdb-history
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+r 206.65.212.10
+b main
+r
+n
+s
+n
+p addr
+p addr
+p he->h_name
+n
+q
+b canon_host 
+r 206.65.212.10
+n
+p he
+p *he
+n
+n
+p (he->h_addrtype)
+n
+q
--- a/lib/Makefile.am
+++ b/lib/Makefile.am
@@ -11,17 +11,27 @@ addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
 closeout.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
 full-write.c human.c idcache.c \
 isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c hash.c path-concat.c \
-quotearg.c safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
-xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
+quotearg.c safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c \
+version-etc.c xgetcwd.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c \
+xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c xstrtoumax.c yesno.c

 libfu_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
 libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)

 noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h closeout.h \
-error.h exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
+dirname.h error.h exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
 getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h lchown.h long-options.h \
 makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h hash.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
 posixtm.h quotearg.h regex.h safe-read.h save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h \
-xalloc.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+version-etc.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h

-BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c
+BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c lstat.c stat.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST = xstat.in
+lstat.c: xstat.in
+	sed -e '/@IGNORE@/d' -e 's/@xstat@/lstat/g' $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
+
+stat.c: xstat.in
+	sed -e '/@IGNORE@/d' -e 's/@xstat@/stat/g' $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
--- a/lib/Makefile.in
+++ b/lib/Makefile.in
@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.3 from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am

-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
 # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
 # PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
+SHELL = @SHELL@

 srcdir = @srcdir@
 top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ mandir = @mandir@
 includedir = @includedir@
 oldincludedir = /usr/include

-DISTDIR =
+DESTDIR =

 pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
@@ -48,6 +48,7 @@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG =
 transform = @program_transform_name@

 NORMAL_INSTALL = :
@@ -56,6 +57,10 @@ POST_INSTALL = :
 NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
 PRE_UNINSTALL = :
 POST_UNINSTALL = :
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_triplet = @host@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AMTARFLAGS = @AMTARFLAGS@
 CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
 CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
 CC = @CC@
@@ -63,8 +68,10 @@ CPP = @CPP@
 DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
 DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
 GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GETCONF = @GETCONF@
 GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
 GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GNU_PACKAGE = @GNU_PACKAGE@
 GT_NO = @GT_NO@
 GT_YES = @GT_YES@
 INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
@@ -89,6 +96,7 @@ VERSION = @VERSION@
 YACC = @YACC@
 l = @l@

+
 AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ../src/ansi2knr

 noinst_LIBRARIES = libfu.a
@@ -100,20 +108,25 @@ addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
 closeout.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
 full-write.c human.c idcache.c \
 isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c hash.c path-concat.c \
-quotearg.c safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
-xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
+quotearg.c safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c \
+version-etc.c xgetcwd.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c \
+xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c xstrtoumax.c yesno.c
+

 libfu_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
 libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)

 noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h closeout.h \
-error.h exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
+dirname.h error.h exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
 getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h lchown.h long-options.h \
 makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h hash.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
 posixtm.h quotearg.h regex.h safe-read.h save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h \
-xalloc.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+version-etc.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h

-BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c
+
+BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c lstat.c stat.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST = xstat.in
 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
 CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
 CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
@@ -125,37 +138,41 @@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
 LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
 LIBS = @LIBS@
 ANSI2KNR = ../src/ansi2knr
-libfu_a_OBJECTS =  getdate$U.o posixtm$U.o getopt$U.o getopt1$U.o \
+am_libfu_a_OBJECTS =  getdate$U.o posixtm$U.o getopt$U.o getopt1$U.o \
 addext$U.o argmatch$U.o backupfile$U.o basename$U.o closeout$U.o \
 dirname$U.o exclude$U.o filemode$U.o full-write$U.o human$U.o \
 idcache$U.o isdir$U.o long-options$U.o makepath$U.o modechange$U.o \
 hash$U.o path-concat$U.o quotearg$U.o safe-read$U.o save-cwd$U.o \
-savedir$U.o stripslash$U.o userspec$U.o xgetcwd$U.o xmalloc$U.o \
-xstrdup$U.o xstrtol$U.o xstrtoul$U.o yesno$U.o
+savedir$U.o stripslash$U.o userspec$U.o version-etc$U.o xgetcwd$U.o \
+xmalloc$U.o xstrdup$U.o xstrtol$U.o xstrtoul$U.o xstrtoumax$U.o \
+yesno$U.o
+libfu_a_OBJECTS =  $(am_libfu_a_OBJECTS)
 AR = ar
 CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-LINK = $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+CCLD = $(CC)
+LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+DIST_SOURCES =  $(libfu_a_SOURCES)
 HEADERS =  $(noinst_HEADERS)

-DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in TODO alloca.c chown.c error.c \
-error.h euidaccess.c fileblocks.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c ftruncate.c \
-getdate.c getgroups.c getline.c group-member.c lchown.c lstat.c \
-malloc.c memcmp.c memcpy.c memset.c mkdir.c mktime.c mountlist.c \
-obstack.c obstack.h realloc.c regex.c rename.c rmdir.c rpmatch.c stat.c \
-stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strdup.c strftime.c strndup.c strstr.c strtol.c \
-strtoul.c strverscmp.c utime.c ylwrap
+DIST_COMMON =  $(noinst_HEADERS) Makefile.am Makefile.in TODO alloca.c \
+chown.c dup2.c error.c error.h euidaccess.c fileblocks.c fnmatch.c \
+fsusage.c ftruncate.c getdate.c getgroups.c getline.c group-member.c \
+lchown.c lstat.c malloc.c memcmp.c memcpy.c memset.c mkdir.c mktime.c \
+mountlist.c obstack.c obstack.h realloc.c regex.c rename.c rmdir.c \
+rpmatch.c stat.c stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strdup.c strftime.c \
+strncasecmp.c strndup.c strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c strtoull.c \
+strtoumax.c strverscmp.c utime.c


-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)

-TAR = tar
-GZIP = --best
+GZIP_ENV = --best
 DEP_FILES =  .deps/addext.P .deps/alloca.P .deps/argmatch.P \
 .deps/backupfile.P .deps/basename.P .deps/chown.P .deps/closeout.P \
-.deps/dirname.P .deps/error.P .deps/euidaccess.P .deps/exclude.P \
-.deps/fileblocks.P .deps/filemode.P .deps/fnmatch.P .deps/fsusage.P \
-.deps/ftruncate.P .deps/full-write.P .deps/getdate .deps/getdate.P \
+.deps/dirname.P .deps/dup2.P .deps/error.P .deps/euidaccess.P \
+.deps/exclude.P .deps/fileblocks.P .deps/filemode.P .deps/fnmatch.P \
+.deps/fsusage.P .deps/ftruncate.P .deps/full-write.P .deps/getdate.P \
 .deps/getgroups.P .deps/getline.P .deps/getopt.P .deps/getopt1.P \
 .deps/group-member.P .deps/hash.P .deps/human.P .deps/idcache.P \
 .deps/isdir.P .deps/lchown.P .deps/long-options.P .deps/lstat.P \
@@ -165,18 +182,19 @@ DEP_FILES =  .deps/addext.P .deps/alloca.P .deps/argmatch.P \
 .deps/quotearg.P .deps/realloc.P .deps/regex.P .deps/rename.P \
 .deps/rmdir.P .deps/rpmatch.P .deps/safe-read.P .deps/save-cwd.P \
 .deps/savedir.P .deps/stat.P .deps/stpcpy.P .deps/strcasecmp.P \
-.deps/strdup.P .deps/strftime.P .deps/stripslash.P .deps/strndup.P \
-.deps/strstr.P .deps/strtol.P .deps/strtoul.P .deps/strverscmp.P \
-.deps/userspec.P .deps/utime.P .deps/xgetcwd.P .deps/xmalloc.P \
-.deps/xstrdup.P .deps/xstrtol.P .deps/xstrtoul.P .deps/yesno.P
+.deps/strdup.P .deps/strftime.P .deps/stripslash.P .deps/strncasecmp.P \
+.deps/strndup.P .deps/strstr.P .deps/strtol.P .deps/strtoul.P \
+.deps/strtoull.P .deps/strtoumax.P .deps/strverscmp.P .deps/userspec.P \
+.deps/utime.P .deps/version-etc.P .deps/xgetcwd.P .deps/xmalloc.P \
+.deps/xstrdup.P .deps/xstrtol.P .deps/xstrtoul.P .deps/xstrtoumax.P \
+.deps/yesno.P
 SOURCES = $(libfu_a_SOURCES)
-OBJECTS = $(libfu_a_OBJECTS)
-
-all: Makefile $(LIBRARIES) $(HEADERS)
+OBJECTS = $(am_libfu_a_OBJECTS)

+all: all-redirect
 .SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .S .c .o .s .y
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o .y
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
 	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits lib/Makefile

 Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
@@ -193,12 +211,6 @@ distclean-noinstLIBRARIES:

 maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES:

-.s.o:
-	$(COMPILE) -c $<
-
-.S.o:
-	$(COMPILE) -c $<
-
 mostlyclean-compile:
 	-rm -f *.o core *.core

@@ -209,10 +221,10 @@ distclean-compile:

 maintainer-clean-compile:
 ../src/ansi2knr: ../src/ansi2knr.o
-	cd ../src && $(MAKE) ansi2knr
+	cd ../src && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ansi2knr

 ../src/ansi2knr.o:
-	cd ../src && $(MAKE) ansi2knr.o
+	cd ../src && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ansi2knr.o


 mostlyclean-kr:
@@ -223,176 +235,231 @@ clean-kr:
 distclean-kr:

 maintainer-clean-kr:
+getdate$U.o:
+posixtm$U.o:
+getopt$U.o:
+getopt1$U.o:
+addext$U.o:
+argmatch$U.o:
+backupfile$U.o:
+basename$U.o:
+closeout$U.o:
+dirname$U.o:
+exclude$U.o:
+filemode$U.o:
+full-write$U.o:
+human$U.o:
+idcache$U.o:
+isdir$U.o:
+long-options$U.o:
+makepath$U.o:
+modechange$U.o:
+hash$U.o:
+path-concat$U.o:
+quotearg$U.o:
+safe-read$U.o:
+save-cwd$U.o:
+savedir$U.o:
+stripslash$U.o:
+userspec$U.o:
+version-etc$U.o:
+xgetcwd$U.o:
+xmalloc$U.o:
+xstrdup$U.o:
+xstrtol$U.o:
+xstrtoul$U.o:
+xstrtoumax$U.o:
+yesno$U.o:

 libfu.a: $(libfu_a_OBJECTS) $(libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES)
 	-rm -f libfu.a
 	$(AR) cru libfu.a $(libfu_a_OBJECTS) $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
 	$(RANLIB) libfu.a
+getdate.o:
+lstat.o:
+stat.o:
+addext_.c: addext.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/addext.c; then echo $(srcdir)/addext.c; else echo addext.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > addext_.c
+alloca_.c: alloca.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/alloca.c; then echo $(srcdir)/alloca.c; else echo alloca.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > alloca_.c
+argmatch_.c: argmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; else echo argmatch.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > argmatch_.c
+backupfile_.c: backupfile.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; then echo $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; else echo backupfile.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > backupfile_.c
+basename_.c: basename.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/basename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/basename.c; else echo basename.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > basename_.c
+chown_.c: chown.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/chown.c; then echo $(srcdir)/chown.c; else echo chown.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > chown_.c
+closeout_.c: closeout.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/closeout.c; then echo $(srcdir)/closeout.c; else echo closeout.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > closeout_.c
+dirname_.c: dirname.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/dirname.c; then echo $(srcdir)/dirname.c; else echo dirname.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > dirname_.c
+dup2_.c: dup2.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/dup2.c; then echo $(srcdir)/dup2.c; else echo dup2.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > dup2_.c
+error_.c: error.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/error.c; then echo $(srcdir)/error.c; else echo error.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > error_.c
+euidaccess_.c: euidaccess.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/euidaccess.c; then echo $(srcdir)/euidaccess.c; else echo euidaccess.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > euidaccess_.c
+exclude_.c: exclude.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/exclude.c; then echo $(srcdir)/exclude.c; else echo exclude.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > exclude_.c
+fileblocks_.c: fileblocks.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fileblocks.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fileblocks.c; else echo fileblocks.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > fileblocks_.c
+filemode_.c: filemode.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/filemode.c; then echo $(srcdir)/filemode.c; else echo filemode.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > filemode_.c
+fnmatch_.c: fnmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fnmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fnmatch.c; else echo fnmatch.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > fnmatch_.c
+fsusage_.c: fsusage.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fsusage.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fsusage.c; else echo fsusage.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > fsusage_.c
+ftruncate_.c: ftruncate.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/ftruncate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/ftruncate.c; else echo ftruncate.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > ftruncate_.c
+full-write_.c: full-write.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/full-write.c; then echo $(srcdir)/full-write.c; else echo full-write.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > full-write_.c
+getdate_.c: getdate.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getdate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getdate.c; else echo getdate.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getdate_.c
+getgroups_.c: getgroups.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getgroups.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getgroups.c; else echo getgroups.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getgroups_.c
+getline_.c: getline.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getline.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getline.c; else echo getline.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getline_.c
+getopt_.c: getopt.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt.c; else echo getopt.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getopt_.c
+getopt1_.c: getopt1.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; else echo getopt1.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getopt1_.c
+group-member_.c: group-member.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/group-member.c; then echo $(srcdir)/group-member.c; else echo group-member.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > group-member_.c
+hash_.c: hash.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/hash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/hash.c; else echo hash.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > hash_.c
+human_.c: human.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/human.c; then echo $(srcdir)/human.c; else echo human.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > human_.c
+idcache_.c: idcache.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/idcache.c; then echo $(srcdir)/idcache.c; else echo idcache.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > idcache_.c
+isdir_.c: isdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/isdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/isdir.c; else echo isdir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > isdir_.c
+lchown_.c: lchown.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lchown.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lchown.c; else echo lchown.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > lchown_.c
+long-options_.c: long-options.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/long-options.c; then echo $(srcdir)/long-options.c; else echo long-options.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > long-options_.c
+lstat_.c: lstat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lstat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lstat.c; else echo lstat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > lstat_.c
+makepath_.c: makepath.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/makepath.c; then echo $(srcdir)/makepath.c; else echo makepath.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > makepath_.c
+malloc_.c: malloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/malloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/malloc.c; else echo malloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > malloc_.c
+memcmp_.c: memcmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcmp.c; else echo memcmp.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memcmp_.c
+memcpy_.c: memcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; else echo memcpy.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memcpy_.c
+memset_.c: memset.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memset.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memset.c; else echo memset.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memset_.c
+mkdir_.c: mkdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mkdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mkdir.c; else echo mkdir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > mkdir_.c
+mktime_.c: mktime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mktime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mktime.c; else echo mktime.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > mktime_.c
+modechange_.c: modechange.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/modechange.c; then echo $(srcdir)/modechange.c; else echo modechange.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > modechange_.c
+mountlist_.c: mountlist.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mountlist.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mountlist.c; else echo mountlist.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > mountlist_.c
+obstack_.c: obstack.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/obstack.c; then echo $(srcdir)/obstack.c; else echo obstack.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > obstack_.c
+path-concat_.c: path-concat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; else echo path-concat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > path-concat_.c
+posixtm_.c: posixtm.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; then echo $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; else echo posixtm.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > posixtm_.c
+quotearg_.c: quotearg.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/quotearg.c; then echo $(srcdir)/quotearg.c; else echo quotearg.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > quotearg_.c
+realloc_.c: realloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/realloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/realloc.c; else echo realloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > realloc_.c
+regex_.c: regex.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/regex.c; then echo $(srcdir)/regex.c; else echo regex.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > regex_.c
+rename_.c: rename.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rename.c; else echo rename.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > rename_.c
+rmdir_.c: rmdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; else echo rmdir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > rmdir_.c
+rpmatch_.c: rpmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rpmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rpmatch.c; else echo rpmatch.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > rpmatch_.c
+safe-read_.c: safe-read.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; then echo $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; else echo safe-read.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > safe-read_.c
+save-cwd_.c: save-cwd.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; else echo save-cwd.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > save-cwd_.c
+savedir_.c: savedir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/savedir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/savedir.c; else echo savedir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > savedir_.c
+stat_.c: stat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stat.c; else echo stat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > stat_.c
+stpcpy_.c: stpcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; else echo stpcpy.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > stpcpy_.c
+strcasecmp_.c: strcasecmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strcasecmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strcasecmp.c; else echo strcasecmp.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strcasecmp_.c
+strdup_.c: strdup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strdup.c; else echo strdup.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strdup_.c
+strftime_.c: strftime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strftime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strftime.c; else echo strftime.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strftime_.c
+stripslash_.c: stripslash.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; else echo stripslash.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > stripslash_.c
+strncasecmp_.c: strncasecmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strncasecmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strncasecmp.c; else echo strncasecmp.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strncasecmp_.c
+strndup_.c: strndup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strndup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strndup.c; else echo strndup.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strndup_.c
+strstr_.c: strstr.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strstr.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strstr.c; else echo strstr.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strstr_.c
+strtol_.c: strtol.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtol.c; else echo strtol.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strtol_.c
+strtoul_.c: strtoul.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtoul.c; else echo strtoul.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strtoul_.c
+strtoull_.c: strtoull.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtoull.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtoull.c; else echo strtoull.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strtoull_.c
+strtoumax_.c: strtoumax.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtoumax.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtoumax.c; else echo strtoumax.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strtoumax_.c
+strverscmp_.c: strverscmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strverscmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strverscmp.c; else echo strverscmp.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strverscmp_.c
+userspec_.c: userspec.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/userspec.c; then echo $(srcdir)/userspec.c; else echo userspec.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > userspec_.c
+utime_.c: utime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/utime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/utime.c; else echo utime.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > utime_.c
+version-etc_.c: version-etc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/version-etc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/version-etc.c; else echo version-etc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > version-etc_.c
+xgetcwd_.c: xgetcwd.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; else echo xgetcwd.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xgetcwd_.c
+xmalloc_.c: xmalloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; else echo xmalloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xmalloc_.c
+xstrdup_.c: xstrdup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; else echo xstrdup.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrdup_.c
+xstrtol_.c: xstrtol.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; else echo xstrtol.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrtol_.c
+xstrtoul_.c: xstrtoul.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; else echo xstrtoul.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrtoul_.c
+xstrtoumax_.c: xstrtoumax.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtoumax.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtoumax.c; else echo xstrtoumax.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrtoumax_.c
+yesno_.c: yesno.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/yesno.c; then echo $(srcdir)/yesno.c; else echo yesno.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > yesno_.c
+addext_.o alloca_.o argmatch_.o backupfile_.o basename_.o chown_.o \
+closeout_.o dirname_.o dup2_.o error_.o euidaccess_.o exclude_.o \
+fileblocks_.o filemode_.o fnmatch_.o fsusage_.o ftruncate_.o \
+full-write_.o getdate_.o getgroups_.o getline_.o getopt_.o getopt1_.o \
+group-member_.o hash_.o human_.o idcache_.o isdir_.o lchown_.o \
+long-options_.o lstat_.o makepath_.o malloc_.o memcmp_.o memcpy_.o \
+memset_.o mkdir_.o mktime_.o modechange_.o mountlist_.o obstack_.o \
+path-concat_.o posixtm_.o quotearg_.o realloc_.o regex_.o rename_.o \
+rmdir_.o rpmatch_.o safe-read_.o save-cwd_.o savedir_.o stat_.o \
+stpcpy_.o strcasecmp_.o strdup_.o strftime_.o stripslash_.o \
+strncasecmp_.o strndup_.o strstr_.o strtol_.o strtoul_.o strtoull_.o \
+strtoumax_.o strverscmp_.o userspec_.o utime_.o version-etc_.o \
+xgetcwd_.o xmalloc_.o xstrdup_.o xstrtol_.o xstrtoul_.o xstrtoumax_.o \
+yesno_.o : $(ANSI2KNR)
 .y.c:
-	$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) $< && mv y.tab.c $*.c
+	$(YACC) $(AM_YFLAGS) $(YFLAGS) $< && mv y.tab.c $*.c
 	if test -f y.tab.h; then \
 	if cmp -s y.tab.h $*.h; then rm -f y.tab.h; else mv y.tab.h $*.h; fi; \
 	else :; fi
-getdate.h: getdate.c

-addext_.c: addext.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/addext.c; then echo $(srcdir)/addext.c; else echo addext.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > addext_.c
-alloca_.c: alloca.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/alloca.c; then echo $(srcdir)/alloca.c; else echo alloca.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > alloca_.c
-argmatch_.c: argmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/argmatch.c; else echo argmatch.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > argmatch_.c
-backupfile_.c: backupfile.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; then echo $(srcdir)/backupfile.c; else echo backupfile.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > backupfile_.c
-basename_.c: basename.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/basename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/basename.c; else echo basename.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > basename_.c
-chown_.c: chown.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/chown.c; then echo $(srcdir)/chown.c; else echo chown.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > chown_.c
-closeout_.c: closeout.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/closeout.c; then echo $(srcdir)/closeout.c; else echo closeout.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > closeout_.c
-dirname_.c: dirname.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/dirname.c; then echo $(srcdir)/dirname.c; else echo dirname.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > dirname_.c
-error_.c: error.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/error.c; then echo $(srcdir)/error.c; else echo error.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > error_.c
-euidaccess_.c: euidaccess.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/euidaccess.c; then echo $(srcdir)/euidaccess.c; else echo euidaccess.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > euidaccess_.c
-exclude_.c: exclude.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/exclude.c; then echo $(srcdir)/exclude.c; else echo exclude.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > exclude_.c
-fileblocks_.c: fileblocks.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fileblocks.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fileblocks.c; else echo fileblocks.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > fileblocks_.c
-filemode_.c: filemode.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/filemode.c; then echo $(srcdir)/filemode.c; else echo filemode.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > filemode_.c
-fnmatch_.c: fnmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fnmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fnmatch.c; else echo fnmatch.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > fnmatch_.c
-fsusage_.c: fsusage.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/fsusage.c; then echo $(srcdir)/fsusage.c; else echo fsusage.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > fsusage_.c
-ftruncate_.c: ftruncate.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/ftruncate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/ftruncate.c; else echo ftruncate.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > ftruncate_.c
-full-write_.c: full-write.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/full-write.c; then echo $(srcdir)/full-write.c; else echo full-write.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > full-write_.c
-getdate_.c: getdate.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getdate.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getdate.c; else echo getdate.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > getdate_.c
-getgroups_.c: getgroups.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getgroups.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getgroups.c; else echo getgroups.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > getgroups_.c
-getline_.c: getline.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getline.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getline.c; else echo getline.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > getline_.c
-getopt_.c: getopt.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt.c; else echo getopt.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > getopt_.c
-getopt1_.c: getopt1.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; else echo getopt1.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > getopt1_.c
-group-member_.c: group-member.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/group-member.c; then echo $(srcdir)/group-member.c; else echo group-member.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > group-member_.c
-hash_.c: hash.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/hash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/hash.c; else echo hash.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > hash_.c
-human_.c: human.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/human.c; then echo $(srcdir)/human.c; else echo human.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > human_.c
-idcache_.c: idcache.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/idcache.c; then echo $(srcdir)/idcache.c; else echo idcache.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > idcache_.c
-isdir_.c: isdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/isdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/isdir.c; else echo isdir.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > isdir_.c
-lchown_.c: lchown.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lchown.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lchown.c; else echo lchown.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > lchown_.c
-long-options_.c: long-options.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/long-options.c; then echo $(srcdir)/long-options.c; else echo long-options.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > long-options_.c
-lstat_.c: lstat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lstat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lstat.c; else echo lstat.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > lstat_.c
-makepath_.c: makepath.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/makepath.c; then echo $(srcdir)/makepath.c; else echo makepath.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > makepath_.c
-malloc_.c: malloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/malloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/malloc.c; else echo malloc.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > malloc_.c
-memcmp_.c: memcmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcmp.c; else echo memcmp.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > memcmp_.c
-memcpy_.c: memcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; else echo memcpy.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > memcpy_.c
-memset_.c: memset.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memset.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memset.c; else echo memset.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > memset_.c
-mkdir_.c: mkdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mkdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mkdir.c; else echo mkdir.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > mkdir_.c
-mktime_.c: mktime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mktime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mktime.c; else echo mktime.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > mktime_.c
-modechange_.c: modechange.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/modechange.c; then echo $(srcdir)/modechange.c; else echo modechange.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > modechange_.c
-mountlist_.c: mountlist.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/mountlist.c; then echo $(srcdir)/mountlist.c; else echo mountlist.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > mountlist_.c
-obstack_.c: obstack.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/obstack.c; then echo $(srcdir)/obstack.c; else echo obstack.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > obstack_.c
-path-concat_.c: path-concat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; else echo path-concat.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > path-concat_.c
-posixtm_.c: posixtm.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; then echo $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; else echo posixtm.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > posixtm_.c
-quotearg_.c: quotearg.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/quotearg.c; then echo $(srcdir)/quotearg.c; else echo quotearg.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > quotearg_.c
-realloc_.c: realloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/realloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/realloc.c; else echo realloc.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > realloc_.c
-regex_.c: regex.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/regex.c; then echo $(srcdir)/regex.c; else echo regex.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > regex_.c
-rename_.c: rename.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rename.c; else echo rename.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > rename_.c
-rmdir_.c: rmdir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rmdir.c; else echo rmdir.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > rmdir_.c
-rpmatch_.c: rpmatch.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/rpmatch.c; then echo $(srcdir)/rpmatch.c; else echo rpmatch.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > rpmatch_.c
-safe-read_.c: safe-read.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; then echo $(srcdir)/safe-read.c; else echo safe-read.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > safe-read_.c
-save-cwd_.c: save-cwd.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; else echo save-cwd.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > save-cwd_.c
-savedir_.c: savedir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/savedir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/savedir.c; else echo savedir.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > savedir_.c
-stat_.c: stat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stat.c; else echo stat.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > stat_.c
-stpcpy_.c: stpcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stpcpy.c; else echo stpcpy.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > stpcpy_.c
-strcasecmp_.c: strcasecmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strcasecmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strcasecmp.c; else echo strcasecmp.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strcasecmp_.c
-strdup_.c: strdup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strdup.c; else echo strdup.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strdup_.c
-strftime_.c: strftime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strftime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strftime.c; else echo strftime.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strftime_.c
-stripslash_.c: stripslash.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stripslash.c; else echo stripslash.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > stripslash_.c
-strndup_.c: strndup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strndup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strndup.c; else echo strndup.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strndup_.c
-strstr_.c: strstr.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strstr.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strstr.c; else echo strstr.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strstr_.c
-strtol_.c: strtol.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtol.c; else echo strtol.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strtol_.c
-strtoul_.c: strtoul.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strtoul.c; else echo strtoul.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strtoul_.c
-strverscmp_.c: strverscmp.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/strverscmp.c; then echo $(srcdir)/strverscmp.c; else echo strverscmp.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > strverscmp_.c
-userspec_.c: userspec.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/userspec.c; then echo $(srcdir)/userspec.c; else echo userspec.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > userspec_.c
-utime_.c: utime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/utime.c; then echo $(srcdir)/utime.c; else echo utime.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > utime_.c
-xgetcwd_.c: xgetcwd.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xgetcwd.c; else echo xgetcwd.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > xgetcwd_.c
-xmalloc_.c: xmalloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; else echo xmalloc.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > xmalloc_.c
-xstrdup_.c: xstrdup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; else echo xstrdup.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrdup_.c
-xstrtol_.c: xstrtol.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtol.c; else echo xstrtol.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrtol_.c
-xstrtoul_.c: xstrtoul.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrtoul.c; else echo xstrtoul.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrtoul_.c
-yesno_.c: yesno.c $(ANSI2KNR)
-	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/yesno.c; then echo $(srcdir)/yesno.c; else echo yesno.c; fi` | $(ANSI2KNR) > yesno_.c
-addext_.o alloca_.o argmatch_.o backupfile_.o basename_.o chown_.o \
-closeout_.o dirname_.o error_.o euidaccess_.o exclude_.o fileblocks_.o \
-filemode_.o fnmatch_.o fsusage_.o ftruncate_.o full-write_.o getdate_.o \
-getgroups_.o getline_.o getopt_.o getopt1_.o group-member_.o hash_.o \
-human_.o idcache_.o isdir_.o lchown_.o long-options_.o lstat_.o \
-makepath_.o malloc_.o memcmp_.o memcpy_.o memset_.o mkdir_.o mktime_.o \
-modechange_.o mountlist_.o obstack_.o path-concat_.o posixtm_.o \
-quotearg_.o realloc_.o regex_.o rename_.o rmdir_.o rpmatch_.o \
-safe-read_.o save-cwd_.o savedir_.o stat_.o stpcpy_.o strcasecmp_.o \
-strdup_.o strftime_.o stripslash_.o strndup_.o strstr_.o strtol_.o \
-strtoul_.o strverscmp_.o userspec_.o utime_.o xgetcwd_.o xmalloc_.o \
-xstrdup_.o xstrtol_.o xstrtoul_.o yesno_.o : $(ANSI2KNR)

 tags: TAGS

 ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \
+	  awk '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
 	here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && mkid -f$$here/ID $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP)
+	  && mkid -f$$here/ID $$unique $(LISP)

 TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(LISP)
 	tags=; \
@@ -425,11 +492,16 @@ distdir: $(DISTFILES)
 	  && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnits lib/Makefile
 	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \
+	  fi; \
 	done

+
 DEPS_MAGIC := $(shell mkdir .deps > /dev/null 2>&1 || :)

 -include $(DEP_FILES)
@@ -439,84 +511,110 @@ mostlyclean-depend:
 clean-depend:

 distclean-depend:
+	-rm -rf .deps

 maintainer-clean-depend:
-	-rm -rf .deps

 %.o: %.c
 	@echo '$(COMPILE) -c $<'; \
-	$(COMPILE) -Wp,-MD,.deps/$(*F).P -c $<
+	$(COMPILE) -Wp,-MD,.deps/$(*D)/$(*F).pp -c $<
+	@-cp .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).pp .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).P; \
+	tr ' ' '\012' < .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).pp \
+	  | sed -e 's/^\\$$//' -e '/^$$/ d' -e '/:$$/ d' -e 's/$$/ :/' \
+	    >> .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).P; \
+	rm .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).pp

 %.lo: %.c
 	@echo '$(LTCOMPILE) -c $<'; \
-	$(LTCOMPILE) -Wp,-MD,.deps/$(*F).p -c $<
-	@-sed -e 's/^\([^:]*\)\.o:/\1.lo \1.o:/' \
-	  < .deps/$(*F).p > .deps/$(*F).P
-	@-rm -f .deps/$(*F).p
-info:
-dvi:
-check: all
-	$(MAKE)
-installcheck:
-install-exec: 
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -Wp,-MD,.deps/$(*D)/$(*F).pp -c $<
+	@-sed -e 's/^\([^:]*\)\.o[ 	]*:/\1.lo \1.o :/' \
+	  < .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).pp > .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).P; \
+	tr ' ' '\012' < .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).pp \
+	  | sed -e 's/^\\$$//' -e '/^$$/ d' -e '/:$$/ d' -e 's/$$/ :/' \
+	    >> .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).P; \
+	rm -f .deps/$(*D)/$(*F).pp
+info-am:
+info: info-am
+dvi-am:
+dvi: dvi-am
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+installcheck-am:
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-exec-am:
+install-exec: install-exec-am

-install-data: 
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-
-install: install-exec install-data all
-	@:
-
-uninstall: 
+install-data-am:
+install-data: install-data-am

+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+install: install-am
+uninstall-am:
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+all-am: Makefile $(LIBRARIES) $(HEADERS)
+all-redirect: all-am
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s install
 installdirs:


 mostlyclean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)

 clean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)

 distclean-generic:
-	-rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
-	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)

 maintainer-clean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
-	-test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-compile \
+	-test -z "getdate.c$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f getdate.c $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-compile \
 		mostlyclean-kr mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-depend \
 		mostlyclean-generic

-clean:  clean-noinstLIBRARIES clean-compile clean-kr clean-tags \
-		clean-depend clean-generic mostlyclean
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am

-distclean:  distclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-compile distclean-kr \
-		distclean-tags distclean-depend distclean-generic clean
-	-rm -f config.status
+clean-am:  clean-noinstLIBRARIES clean-compile clean-kr clean-tags \
+		clean-depend clean-generic mostlyclean-am

-maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
+clean: clean-am
+
+distclean-am:  distclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-compile distclean-kr \
+		distclean-tags distclean-depend distclean-generic \
+		clean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
 		maintainer-clean-compile maintainer-clean-kr \
 		maintainer-clean-tags maintainer-clean-depend \
-		maintainer-clean-generic distclean
+		maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."

+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
 .PHONY: mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-noinstLIBRARIES \
 clean-noinstLIBRARIES maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
 mostlyclean-compile distclean-compile clean-compile \
 maintainer-clean-compile mostlyclean-kr distclean-kr clean-kr \
 maintainer-clean-kr tags mostlyclean-tags distclean-tags clean-tags \
 maintainer-clean-tags distdir mostlyclean-depend distclean-depend \
-clean-depend maintainer-clean-depend info dvi installcheck install-exec \
-install-data install uninstall all installdirs mostlyclean-generic \
+clean-depend maintainer-clean-depend info-am info dvi-am dvi check \
+check-am installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am install-exec \
+install-data-am install-data install-am install uninstall-am uninstall \
+all-redirect all-am all install-strip installdirs mostlyclean-generic \
 distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \
 mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean

+lstat.c: xstat.in
+	sed -e '/@IGNORE@/d' -e 's/@xstat@/lstat/g' $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
+
+stat.c: xstat.in
+	sed -e '/@IGNORE@/d' -e 's/@xstat@/stat/g' $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@

 # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
 # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
--- a/lib/addext.c
+++ b/lib/addext.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* addext.c -- add an extension to a file name
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,10 +23,10 @@
 #endif

 #ifndef HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES
-#define HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES 0
+# define HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES 0
 #endif
 #ifndef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
-#define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
+# define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
 #endif

 #include <backupfile.h>
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif
 #ifndef _POSIX_NAME_MAX
-#define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
+# define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
 #endif

 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -49,14 +49,13 @@
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif

+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
+
 /* Append to FILENAME the extension EXT, unless the result would be too long,
   in which case just append the character E.  */

 void
-addext (filename, ext, e)
-     char *filename;
-     char const *ext;
-     int e;
+addext (char *filename, char const *ext, int e)
 {
  char *s = base_name (filename);
  size_t slen = strlen (s), extlen = strlen (ext);
--- a/lib/alloca.c
+++ b/lib/alloca.c
@@ -161,8 +161,7 @@ static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */

 pointer
-alloca (size)
-     unsigned size;
+alloca (unsigned size)
 {
  auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
--- a/lib/argmatch.c
+++ b/lib/argmatch.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,36 +12,86 @@
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
-   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */

-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <argmatch.h>
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "argmatch.h"

 #include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
 # include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
 #endif

-/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
-   null-terminated array OPTLIST, return the index in OPTLIST
-   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
-   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).  */
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif

-int
-argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *optlist)
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+
+/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
+   by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE.  Do not use
+   literal_quoting_style.  */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
+# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE escape_quoting_style
+#endif
+
+/* The following test is to work around the gross typo in
+   systems like Sony NEWS-OS Release 4.0C, whereby EXIT_FAILURE
+   is defined to 0, not 1.  */
+#if !EXIT_FAILURE
+# undef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
+# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (EXIT_FAILURE)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
+ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
+#endif
+
+static void
+__argmatch_die (void)
 {
-  int i;			/* Temporary index in OPTLIST.  */
+  ARGMATCH_DIE;
+}
+
+/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH.  See description in argmatch.h.
+   Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
+argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
+
+
+/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
+   null-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
+   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
+   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
+   If SENSITIVE, comparison is case sensitive.
+
+   If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
+   synonyms, i.e., for
+     "yes", "yop" -> 0
+     "no", "nope" -> 1
+   "y" is a valid argument, for `0', and "n" for `1'.  */
+
+static int
+__argmatch_internal (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		     const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		     int case_sensitive)
+{
+  int i;			/* Temporary index in ARGLIST.  */
  size_t arglen;		/* Length of ARG.  */
  int matchind = -1;		/* Index of first nonexact match.  */
  int ambiguous = 0;		/* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es).  */
@@ -49,19 +99,30 @@ argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *optlist)
  arglen = strlen (arg);

  /* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
-  for (i = 0; optlist[i]; i++)
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
    {
-      if (!strncmp (optlist[i], arg, arglen))
+      if (case_sensitive
+	  ? !strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen)
+	  : !strncasecmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
 	{
-	  if (strlen (optlist[i]) == arglen)
+	  if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
 	    /* Exact match found.  */
 	    return i;
 	  else if (matchind == -1)
 	    /* First nonexact match found.  */
 	    matchind = i;
 	  else
-	    /* Second nonexact match found.  */
-	    ambiguous = 1;
+	    {
+	      /* Second nonexact match found.  */
+	      if (vallist == NULL
+		  || memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
+			     vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+		{
+		  /* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
+		     disambiguate. */
+		  ambiguous = 1;
+		}
+	    }
 	}
    }
  if (ambiguous)
@@ -70,16 +131,186 @@ argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *optlist)
    return matchind;
 }

+/* argmatch - case sensitive version */
+int
+argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	  const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 1);
+}
+
+/* argcasematch - case insensitive version */
+int
+argcasematch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 0);
+}
+
 /* Error reporting for argmatch.
-   KIND is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
+   CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
   VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
   PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */

 void
-invalid_arg (const char *kind, const char *value, int problem)
+argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, int problem)
 {
-  const char *fmt = (problem == -1
-		     ? "%s: invalid %s `%s'\n"
-		     : "%s: ambiguous %s `%s'\n");
-  fprintf (stderr, fmt, program_name, kind, value);
+  enum quoting_style saved_quoting_style;
+  char const *format;
+
+  /* Make sure to have a good quoting style to report errors.
+     literal is insane here. */
+  saved_quoting_style = get_quoting_style (NULL);
+  set_quoting_style (NULL, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE);
+
+  format = (problem == -1
+	    ? _("invalid argument `%s' for `%s'")
+	    : _("ambiguous argument `%s' for `%s'"));
+
+  error (0, 0, format, quotearg (value), context);
+
+  set_quoting_style (NULL, saved_quoting_style);
 }
+
+/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
+   ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
+   VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
+   VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
+void
+argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
+		const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+  const char *last_val = NULL;
+
+  /* We try to put synonyms on the same line.  The assumption is that
+     synonyms follow each other */
+  fprintf (stderr, _("Valid arguments are:"));
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if ((i == 0)
+	|| memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, "\n  - `%s'", arglist[i]);
+	last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, ", `%s'", arglist[i]);
+      }
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
+
+   CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
+   "--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.).  Upon failure,
+   calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int
+__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
+		      const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		      int case_sensitive,
+		      argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
+{
+  int res = __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist,
+				 vallist, valsize,
+				 case_sensitive);
+  if (res >= 0)
+    /* Success. */
+    return res;
+
+  /* We failed.  Explain why. */
+  argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
+  argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
+  (*exit_fn) ();
+
+  return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
+}
+
+/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
+   return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
+const char *
+argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
+		      const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      return arglist[i];
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+/*
+ * Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+ */
+char *program_name;
+extern const char *getenv ();
+
+/* When to make backup files.  */
+enum backup_type
+{
+  /* Never make backups.  */
+  none,
+
+  /* Make simple backups of every file.  */
+  simple,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
+     and simple backups of the others.  */
+  numbered_existing,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of every file.  */
+  numbered
+};
+
+/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
+   values */
+static const char *const backup_args[] =
+{
+  "no", "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  0
+};
+
+static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
+{
+  none, none, none,
+  simple, simple,
+  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
+  numbered, numbered
+};
+
+int
+main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  enum backup_type backup_type = none;
+
+  program_name = (char *) argv[0];
+
+  if (argc > 2)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", program_name);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
+    backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
+				 backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  if (argc == 2)
+    backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH (program_name, argv[1],
+				 backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  printf ("The version control is `%s'\n",
+	  ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
--- a/lib/argmatch.h
+++ b/lib/argmatch.h
@@ -1,12 +1,129 @@
-/* argmatch.h -- declarations for matching arguments against option lists */
+/* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

-#if defined __STDC__ || __GNUC__
-# define __ARGMATCH_P(args) args
-#else
-# define __ARGMATCH_P(args) ()
-#endif
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.

-int argmatch __ARGMATCH_P ((const char *, const char * const *));
-void invalid_arg __ARGMATCH_P ((const char *, const char *, int));
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-extern char *program_name;
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
+
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_H_
+# define ARGMATCH_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if PROTOTYPES || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(args) args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(args) ()
+#  endif  /* GCC.  */
+# endif  /* Not PARAMS.  */
+
+/* Assert there are as many real arguments as there are values
+   (argument list ends with a NULL guard).  There is no execution
+   cost, since it will be statically evalauted to `assert (0)' or
+   `assert (1)'.  Unfortunately there is no -Wassert-0. */
+
+# undef ARRAY_CARDINALITY
+# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof ((Array)) / sizeof (*(Array)))
+
+# define ARGMATCH_ASSERT(Arglist, Vallist)      \
+  assert (ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Arglist)) == ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Vallist)) + 1)
+
+/* Return the index of the element of ARGLIST (NULL terminated) that
+   matches with ARG.  If VALLIST is not NULL, then use it to resolve
+   false ambiguities (i.e., different matches of ARG but corresponding
+   to the same values in VALLIST).  */
+
+int argmatch
+  PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+int argcasematch
+  PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+# define ARGCASEMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argcasematch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+/* xargmatch calls this function when it fails.  This function should not
+   return.  By default, this is a function that calls ARGMATCH_DIE which
+   in turn defaults to `exit (EXIT_FAILURE)'.  */
+typedef void (*argmatch_exit_fn) PARAMS ((void));
+extern argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die;
+
+/* Report on stderr why argmatch failed.  Report correct values. */
+
+void argmatch_invalid
+  PARAMS ((const char *context, const char *value, int problem));
+
+/* Left for compatibility with the old name invalid_arg */
+
+# define invalid_arg(Context, Value, Problem) \
+  argmatch_invalid ((Context), (Value), (Problem))
+
+
+
+/* Report on stderr the list of possible arguments.  */
+
+void argmatch_valid
+  PARAMS ((const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH_VALID(Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch_valid (Arglist, (const char *) Vallist, sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+
+
+/* Same as argmatch, but upon failure, reports a explanation on the
+   failure, and exits using the function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int __xargmatch_internal
+  PARAMS ((const char *context,
+	   const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+	   int case_sensitive, argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn));
+
+/* Programmer friendly interface to __xargmatch_internal. */
+
+# define XARGMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  (Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist),	\
+                                  (const char *) (Vallist),	\
+				  sizeof (*(Vallist)),		\
+				  1, argmatch_die)])
+
+# define XARGCASEMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)		\
+  (Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist),	\
+                                  (const char *) (Vallist),	\
+				  sizeof (*(Vallist)),		\
+				  0, argmatch_die)])
+
+/* Convert a value into a corresponding argument. */
+
+const char *argmatch_to_argument
+  PARAMS ((char const *value, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  argmatch_to_argument ((char const *) &(Value), (Arglist), 		\
+		        (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+#endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */
--- a/lib/backupfile.c
+++ b/lib/backupfile.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* backupfile.c -- make Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -64,6 +64,12 @@
 char *malloc ();
 #endif

+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
+
 #if HAVE_DIRENT_H || HAVE_NDIR_H || HAVE_SYS_DIR_H || HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
 # define HAVE_DIR 1
 #else
@@ -214,29 +220,49 @@ version_number (const char *base, const char *backup, size_t base_length)

 static const char * const backup_args[] =
 {
-  "never", "simple", "nil", "existing", "t", "numbered", 0
+  /* In a series of synonyms, present the most meaning full first, so
+     that argmatch_valid be more readable. */
+  "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  0
 };

 static const enum backup_type backup_types[] =
 {
-  simple, simple, numbered_existing, numbered_existing, numbered, numbered
+  none, none,
+  simple, simple,
+  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
+  numbered, numbered
 };

-/* Return the type of backup indicated by VERSION.
-   Unique abbreviations are accepted. */
+/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
+   If VERSION is NULL or the empty string, return numbered_existing.
+   If VERSION is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic appropriate
+   for the specified CONTEXT.  Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted.  */

 enum backup_type
-get_version (const char *version)
+get_version (const char *context, const char *version)
 {
-  int i;
-
  if (version == 0 || *version == 0)
    return numbered_existing;
-  i = argmatch (version, backup_args);
-  if (i < 0)
-    {
-      invalid_arg ("version control type", version, i);
-      exit (2);
-    }
-  return backup_types[i];
+  else
+    return XARGMATCH (context, version, backup_args, backup_types);
+}
+
+
+/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
+   If VERSION is NULL, use the value of the envvar VERSION_CONTROL.
+   If the specified string is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic
+   appropriate for the specified CONTEXT.
+   Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted.  */
+
+enum backup_type
+xget_version (const char *context, const char *version)
+{
+  if (version && *version)
+    return get_version (context, version);
+  else
+    return get_version ("$VERSION_CONTROL", getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL"));
 }
--- a/lib/backupfile.h
+++ b/lib/backupfile.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* backupfile.h -- declarations for making Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1992, 1997-1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -16,6 +16,9 @@
   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

+#ifndef BACKUPFILE_H_
+# define BACKUPFILE_H_
+
 /* When to make backup files. */
 enum backup_type
 {
@@ -33,7 +36,7 @@ enum backup_type
  numbered
 };

-#define VALID_BACKUP_TYPE(Type)		\
+# define VALID_BACKUP_TYPE(Type)	\
  ((Type) == none			\
   || (Type) == simple			\
   || (Type) == numbered_existing	\
@@ -41,15 +44,17 @@ enum backup_type

 extern char const *simple_backup_suffix;

-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
 # endif
-#endif

-char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
 char *find_backup_file_name PARAMS ((char const *, enum backup_type));
-enum backup_type get_version PARAMS ((char const *));
+enum backup_type get_version PARAMS ((char const *context, char const *arg));
+enum backup_type xget_version PARAMS ((char const *context, char const *arg));
 void addext PARAMS ((char *, char const *, int));
+
+#endif /* ! BACKUPFILE_H_ */
--- a/lib/basename.c
+++ b/lib/basename.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -29,16 +29,27 @@

 /* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
   since it has different meanings in different environments.
-   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.  */
+   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
+   If NAME is all slashes, be sure to return `/'.  */

 char *
 base_name (char const *name)
 {
  char const *base = name += FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+  int all_slashes = 1;
+  char const *p;

-  for (; *name; name++)
-    if (ISSLASH (*name))
-      base = name + 1;
+  for (p = name; *p; p++)
+    {
+      if (ISSLASH (*p))
+	base = p + 1;
+      else
+	all_slashes = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* If NAME is all slashes, arrange to return `/'.  */
+  if (*base == '\0' && ISSLASH (*name) && all_slashes)
+    --base;

  return (char *) base;
 }
--- a/lib/canon-host.c
+++ b/lib/canon-host.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Host name canonicalization

-   Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>

@@ -43,11 +43,12 @@
 # include <arpa/inet.h>
 #endif

+void free ();
+
 /* Returns the canonical hostname associated with HOST (allocated in a static
   buffer), or 0 if it can't be determined.  */
 char *
-canon_host (host)
-     char *host;
+canon_host (const char *host)
 {
 #ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME
  struct hostent *he = gethostbyname (host);
@@ -68,9 +69,23 @@ canon_host (host)
 	}

      if (addr && strcmp (he->h_name, addr) == 0)
-	/* gethostbyname() cheated!  Lookup the host name via the address
-	   this time to get the actual host name.  */
-	he = gethostbyaddr (he->h_addr, he->h_length, he->h_addrtype);
+	{
+	  /* gethostbyname has returned a string representation of the IP
+	     address, for example, "127.0.0.1".  So now, look up the host
+	     name via the address.  Although it may seem reasonable to look
+	     up the host name via the address, we must not pass `he->h_addr'
+	     directly to gethostbyaddr because on some systems he->h_addr
+	     is located in a static library buffer that is reused in the
+	     gethostbyaddr call.  Make a copy and use that instead.  */
+	  char *h_addr_copy = strdup (he->h_addr);
+	  if (h_addr_copy == NULL)
+	    he = NULL;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      he = gethostbyaddr (h_addr_copy, he->h_length, he->h_addrtype);
+	      free (h_addr_copy);
+	    }
+	}
 # endif /* HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR */

      if (he)
@@ -79,3 +94,17 @@ canon_host (host)
 #endif /* HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME */
  return 0;
 }
+
+#ifdef TEST_CANON_HOST
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+      char *s = canon_host (argv[i]);
+      printf ("%s: %s\n", argv[i], (s ? s : "<undef>"));
+    }
+  exit (0);
+}
+#endif /* TEST_CANON_HOST */
--- a/lib/chown.c
+++ b/lib/chown.c
@@ -34,10 +34,7 @@
 /* FIXME: describe.  */

 int
-rpl_chown (file, uid, gid)
-     const char *file;
-     uid_t uid;
-     gid_t gid;
+rpl_chown (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
 {
  if (gid == (gid_t) -1 || uid == (uid_t) -1)
    {
--- a/lib/closeout.c
+++ b/lib/closeout.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* closeout.c - close standard output
-   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -42,7 +42,28 @@ extern int errno;
 #include "closeout.h"
 #include "error.h"

-/* Close standard output, exiting with status STATUS on failure.  */
+/* Close standard output, exiting with status STATUS on failure.
+   If a program writes *anything* to stdout, that program should `fflush'
+   stdout and make sure that it succeeds before exiting.  Otherwise,
+   suppose that you go to the extreme of checking the return status
+   of every function that does an explicit write to stdout.  The last
+   printf can succeed in writing to the internal stream buffer, and yet
+   the fclose(stdout) could still fail (due e.g., to a disk full error)
+   when it tries to write out that buffered data.  Thus, you would be
+   left with an incomplete output file and the offending program would
+   exit successfully.
+
+   FIXME: note the fflush suggested above is implicit in the fclose
+   we actually do below.  Consider doing only the fflush and/or using
+   setvbuf to inhibit buffering.
+
+   Besides, it's wasteful to check the return value from every call
+   that writes to stdout -- just let the internal stream state record
+   the failure.  That's what the ferror test is checking below.
+
+   It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
+   tools (most notably `make' and other build-management systems) depend
+   on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status.  */
 void
 close_stdout_status (int status)
 {
--- a/lib/dirname.c
+++ b/lib/dirname.c
@@ -33,14 +33,15 @@ char *malloc ();
 # endif
 #endif

+#include "dirname.h"
+
 /* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
   allocated with malloc.  If out of memory, return 0.
   Assumes that trailing slashes have already been
   removed.  */

 char *
-dirname (path)
-     char *path;
+dir_name (const char *path)
 {
  char *newpath;
  char *slash;
--- a/lib/dirname.h
+++ b/lib/dirname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*  Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+    any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
+# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+char *
+dir_name PARAMS ((const char *path));
+
+#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */
--- a/lib/dup2.c
+++ b/lib/dup2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* Duplicate an open file descriptor to a specified file descriptor.
+   Copyright 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
+# include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef F_DUPFD
+static int
+dupfd (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  int duplicated_fd = dup (fd);
+  if (duplicated_fd < 0 || duplicated_fd == desired_fd)
+    return duplicated_fd;
+  else
+    {
+      int r = dupfd (fd, desired_fd);
+      int e = errno;
+      close (duplicated_fd);
+      errno = e;
+      return r;
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  if (fd == desired_fd)
+    return fd;
+  close (desired_fd);
+#ifdef F_DUPFD
+  return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, desired_fd);
+#else
+  return dupfd (fd, desired_fd);
+#endif
+}
--- a/lib/error.c
+++ b/lib/error.c
@@ -152,7 +152,10 @@ error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
    {
 #if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC
      char errbuf[1024];
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
+      /* Don't use __strerror_r's return value because on some systems
+	 (at least DEC UNIX 4.0[A-D]) strerror_r returns `int'.  */
+      __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", errbuf);
 #else
      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
 #endif
--- a/lib/euidaccess.c
+++ b/lib/euidaccess.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* euidaccess -- check if effective user id can access file
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1995, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 This file is part of the GNU C Library.

@@ -127,9 +127,7 @@ int group_member ();
   filesystem, text busy, etc. */

 int
-euidaccess (path, mode)
-     const char *path;
-     int mode;
+euidaccess (const char *path, int mode)
 {
  struct stat stats;
  int granted;
--- a/lib/fileblocks.c
+++ b/lib/fileblocks.c
@@ -50,8 +50,7 @@ typedef long daddr_t; /* for disk address */
 /* Return the number of 512-byte blocks in a file of SIZE bytes. */

 off_t
-st_blocks (size)
-     off_t size;
+st_blocks (off_t size)
 {
  off_t datablks = size / 512 + (size % 512 != 0);
  off_t indrblks = 0;
--- a/lib/filemode.c
+++ b/lib/filemode.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -48,6 +48,25 @@
 # endif
 #endif

+#if !S_IRGRP
+# define S_IRGRP (S_IRUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IWGRP
+# define S_IWGRP (S_IWUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IXGRP
+# define S_IXGRP (S_IXUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IROTH
+# define S_IROTH (S_IRUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+#if !S_IWOTH
+# define S_IWOTH (S_IWUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+#if !S_IXOTH
+# define S_IXOTH (S_IXUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+
 #ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
 # undef S_ISBLK
 # undef S_ISCHR
@@ -89,23 +108,15 @@
 #if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX */
 # define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
 #endif
-
-/* Look at read, write, and execute bits in BITS and set
-   flags in CHARS accordingly.  */
-
-static void
-rwx (short unsigned int bits, char *chars)
-{
-  chars[0] = (bits & S_IRUSR) ? 'r' : '-';
-  chars[1] = (bits & S_IWUSR) ? 'w' : '-';
-  chars[2] = (bits & S_IXUSR) ? 'x' : '-';
-}
+#if !defined(S_ISDOOR) && defined(S_IFDOOR) /* Solaris 2.5 and up */
+# define S_ISDOOR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDOOR)
+#endif

 /* Set the 's' and 't' flags in file attributes string CHARS,
   according to the file mode BITS.  */

 static void
-setst (short unsigned int bits, char *chars)
+setst (mode_t bits, char *chars)
 {
 #ifdef S_ISUID
  if (bits & S_ISUID)
@@ -142,6 +153,7 @@ setst (short unsigned int bits, char *chars)
 /* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
   file mode BITS:
   'd' for directories
+   'D' for doors
   'b' for block special files
   'c' for character special files
   'm' for multiplexor files
@@ -153,7 +165,7 @@ setst (short unsigned int bits, char *chars)
   '?' for any other file type.  */

 static char
-ftypelet (long int bits)
+ftypelet (mode_t bits)
 {
 #ifdef S_ISBLK
  if (S_ISBLK (bits))
@@ -185,6 +197,10 @@ ftypelet (long int bits)
  if (S_ISNWK (bits))
    return 'n';
 #endif
+#ifdef S_ISDOOR
+  if (S_ISDOOR (bits))
+    return 'D';
+#endif

  /* The following two tests are for Cray DMF (Data Migration
     Facility), which is a HSM file system.  A migrated file has a
@@ -208,12 +224,18 @@ ftypelet (long int bits)
   is given as an argument.  */

 void
-mode_string (short unsigned int mode, char *str)
+mode_string (mode_t mode, char *str)
 {
-  str[0] = ftypelet ((long) mode);
-  rwx ((mode & 0700) << 0, &str[1]);
-  rwx ((mode & 0070) << 3, &str[4]);
-  rwx ((mode & 0007) << 6, &str[7]);
+  str[0] = ftypelet (mode);
+  str[1] = mode & S_IRUSR ? 'r' : '-';
+  str[2] = mode & S_IWUSR ? 'w' : '-';
+  str[3] = mode & S_IXUSR ? 'x' : '-';
+  str[4] = mode & S_IRGRP ? 'r' : '-';
+  str[5] = mode & S_IWGRP ? 'w' : '-';
+  str[6] = mode & S_IXGRP ? 'x' : '-';
+  str[7] = mode & S_IROTH ? 'r' : '-';
+  str[8] = mode & S_IWOTH ? 'w' : '-';
+  str[9] = mode & S_IXOTH ? 'x' : '-';
  setst (mode, str);
 }

--- a/lib/filemode.h
+++ b/lib/filemode.h
@@ -1,9 +1,19 @@
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
+#ifndef FILEMODE_H_

-void mode_string PARAMS ((short unsigned int mode, char *str));
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+void mode_string PARAMS ((mode_t mode, char *str));
+
+#endif
--- a/lib/fnmatch.c
+++ b/lib/fnmatch.c
@@ -55,10 +55,7 @@ extern int errno;
 /* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
   it matches, nonzero if not.  */
 int
-fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
-     const char *pattern;
-     const char *string;
-     int flags;
+fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 {
  register const char *p = pattern, *n = string;
  register char c;
--- a/lib/fsusage.c
+++ b/lib/fsusage.c
@@ -101,10 +101,7 @@ int safe_read ();
   ERRNO is either a system error value, or zero if DISK is NULL
   on a system that requires a non-NULL value.  */
 int
-get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
-     const char *path;
-     const char *disk;
-     struct fs_usage *fsp;
+get_fs_usage (const char *path, const char *disk, struct fs_usage *fsp)
 {
 #ifdef STAT_STATFS3_OSF1

@@ -262,9 +259,7 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
 /* AIX PS/2 does not supply statfs.  */

 int
-statfs (path, fsb)
-     char *path;
-     struct statfs *fsb;
+statfs (char *path, struct statfs *fsb)
 {
  struct stat stats;
  struct dustat fsd;
--- a/lib/ftruncate.c
+++ b/lib/ftruncate.c
@@ -11,9 +11,7 @@
 #ifdef F_CHSIZE

 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
  return fcntl (fd, F_CHSIZE, length);
 }
@@ -30,9 +28,7 @@ ftruncate (fd, length)
 #  endif

 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
  struct flock fl;
  struct stat filebuf;
@@ -75,9 +71,7 @@ ftruncate (fd, length)
 #  if HAVE_CHSIZE

 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
  return chsize (fd, length);
 }
@@ -90,9 +84,7 @@ extern int errno;
 #   endif

 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
  errno = EIO;
  return -1;
--- a/lib/getdate.y
+++ b/lib/getdate.y
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@

 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
-# ifdef FORCE_ALLOCA_H
+# ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
 #  include <alloca.h>
 # endif
 #endif
@@ -28,6 +28,10 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <ctype.h>

+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h> /* for `free'; used by Bison 1.27 */
+#endif
+
 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
 # define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
 #else
@@ -53,6 +57,14 @@
 # include <string.h>
 #endif

+#if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+# define __attribute__(x)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+#endif
+
 /* Some old versions of bison generate parsers that use bcopy.
   That loses on systems that don't provide the function, so we have
   to redefine it here.  */
@@ -471,7 +483,7 @@ static TABLE const MonthDayTable[] = {
    { "thurs",		tDAY, 4 },
    { "friday",		tDAY, 5 },
    { "saturday",	tDAY, 6 },
-    { NULL }
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
 };

 /* Time units table. */
@@ -486,7 +498,7 @@ static TABLE const UnitsTable[] = {
    { "min",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	1 },
    { "second",		tSEC_UNIT,	1 },
    { "sec",		tSEC_UNIT,	1 },
-    { NULL }
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
 };

 /* Assorted relative-time words. */
@@ -511,7 +523,7 @@ static TABLE const OtherTable[] = {
    { "eleventh",	tUNUMBER,	11 },
    { "twelfth",	tUNUMBER,	12 },
    { "ago",		tAGO,	1 },
-    { NULL }
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
 };

 /* The timezone table. */
@@ -596,7 +608,7 @@ static TABLE const TimezoneTable[] = {
    { "nzst",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand Standard */
    { "nzdt",	tDAYZONE,  -HOUR (12) },	/* New Zealand Daylight */
    { "idle",	tZONE,     -HOUR (12) },	/* International Date Line East */
-    {  NULL  }
+    {  NULL, 0, 0  }
 };

 /* Military timezone table. */
@@ -626,7 +638,7 @@ static TABLE const MilitaryTable[] = {
    { "x",	tZONE,	HOUR (-11) },
    { "y",	tZONE,	HOUR (-12) },
    { "z",	tZONE,	HOUR (  0) },
-    { NULL }
+    { NULL, 0, 0 }
 };


@@ -635,7 +647,7 @@ static TABLE const MilitaryTable[] = {
 /* ARGSUSED */
 static int
 yyerror (s)
-     char *s;
+     char *s ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
 {
  return 0;
 }
@@ -698,7 +710,7 @@ LookupWord (buff)

  /* Make it lowercase. */
  for (p = buff; *p; p++)
-    if (ISUPPER (*p))
+    if (ISUPPER ((unsigned char) *p))
      *p = tolower (*p);

  if (strcmp (buff, "am") == 0 || strcmp (buff, "a.m.") == 0)
@@ -779,7 +791,7 @@ LookupWord (buff)
      }

  /* Military timezones. */
-  if (buff[1] == '\0' && ISALPHA (*buff))
+  if (buff[1] == '\0' && ISALPHA ((unsigned char) *buff))
    {
      for (tp = MilitaryTable; tp->name; tp++)
 	if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
@@ -810,7 +822,7 @@ LookupWord (buff)
 static int
 yylex ()
 {
-  register char c;
+  register unsigned char c;
  register char *p;
  char buff[20];
  int Count;
@@ -818,7 +830,7 @@ yylex ()

  for (;;)
    {
-      while (ISSPACE (*yyInput))
+      while (ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *yyInput))
 	yyInput++;

      if (ISDIGIT (c = *yyInput) || c == '-' || c == '+')
@@ -869,8 +881,7 @@ yylex ()

 /* Yield A - B, measured in seconds.  */
 static long
-difftm (a, b)
-     struct tm *a, *b;
+difftm (struct tm *a, struct tm *b)
 {
  int ay = a->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
  int by = b->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
@@ -898,12 +909,15 @@ get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
  yyInput = p;
  Start = now ? *now : time ((time_t *) NULL);
  tmp = localtime (&Start);
+  if (!tmp)
+    return -1;
  yyYear = tmp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_ORIGIN;
  yyMonth = tmp->tm_mon + 1;
  yyDay = tmp->tm_mday;
  yyHour = tmp->tm_hour;
  yyMinutes = tmp->tm_min;
  yySeconds = tmp->tm_sec;
+  tm.tm_isdst = tmp->tm_isdst;
  yyMeridian = MER24;
  yyRelSeconds = 0;
  yyRelMinutes = 0;
@@ -939,7 +953,6 @@ get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
  tm.tm_hour += yyRelHour;
  tm.tm_min += yyRelMinutes;
  tm.tm_sec += yyRelSeconds;
-  tm.tm_isdst = -1;
  tm0 = tm;

  Start = mktime (&tm);
@@ -986,7 +999,11 @@ get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)

  if (yyHaveZone)
    {
-      long delta = yyTimezone * 60L + difftm (&tm, gmtime (&Start));
+      long delta;
+      struct tm *gmt = gmtime (&Start);
+      if (!gmt)
+	return -1;
+      delta = yyTimezone * 60L + difftm (&tm, gmt);
      if ((Start + delta < Start) != (delta < 0))
 	return -1;		/* time_t overflow */
      Start += delta;
--- a/lib/getgroups.c
+++ b/lib/getgroups.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* provide consistent interface to getgroups for systems that don't allow N==0
-   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,14 +25,11 @@ char *xmalloc ();

 /* On at least Ultrix 4.3 and NextStep 3.2, getgroups (0, 0) always fails.
   On other systems, it returns the number of supplemental groups for the
-   process is returned.
-   This function handles that special case and lets the system-
-   provided function handle all others.  */
+   process.  This function handles that special case and lets the system-
+   provided function handle all others. */

 int
-getgroups (n, group)
-     size_t n;
-     GETGROUPS_T *group;
+getgroups (size_t n, GETGROUPS_T *group)
 {
  int n_groups;
  GETGROUPS_T *gbuf;
--- a/lib/getline.c
+++ b/lib/getline.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* getline.c -- Replacement for GNU C library function getline

-Copyright (C) 1993, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
@@ -34,10 +34,7 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
 #if defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && HAVE_GETDELIM

 int
-getline (lineptr, n, stream)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     FILE *stream;
+getline (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream)
 {
  return getdelim (lineptr, n, '\n', stream);
 }
@@ -64,12 +61,7 @@ char *malloc (), *realloc ();
   null terminator), or -1 on error or EOF.  */

 int
-getstr (lineptr, n, stream, terminator, offset)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     FILE *stream;
-     char terminator;
-     size_t offset;
+getstr (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream, char terminator, size_t offset)
 {
  int nchars_avail;		/* Allocated but unused chars in *LINEPTR.  */
  char *read_pos;		/* Where we're reading into *LINEPTR. */
@@ -138,20 +130,13 @@ getstr (lineptr, n, stream, terminator, offset)
 }

 int
-getline (lineptr, n, stream)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     FILE *stream;
+getline (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream)
 {
  return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, '\n', 0);
 }

 int
-getdelim (lineptr, n, delimiter, stream)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     int delimiter;
-     FILE *stream;
+getdelim (char **lineptr, size_t *n, int delimiter, FILE *stream)
 {
  return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, delimiter, 0);
 }
--- a/lib/getloadavg.c
+++ b/lib/getloadavg.c
@@ -98,8 +98,14 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif

-#ifndef HAVE_GETLOADAVG
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_SETLOCALE
+# define setlocale(Category, Locale) /* empty */
+#endif

+#ifndef HAVE_GETLOADAVG

 /* The existing Emacs configuration files define a macro called
   LOAD_AVE_CVT, which accepts a value of type LOAD_AVE_TYPE, and
@@ -638,8 +644,11 @@ getloadavg (loadavg, nelem)
  if (count <= 0)
    return -1;

+  /* The following sscanf must use the C locale.  */
+  setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "C");
  count = sscanf (ldavgbuf, "%lf %lf %lf",
 		  &load_ave[0], &load_ave[1], &load_ave[2]);
+  setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "");
  if (count < 1)
    return -1;

--- a/lib/getopt.c
+++ b/lib/getopt.c
@@ -1,47 +1,42 @@
 /* Getopt for GNU.
   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
-   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org
   before changing it!

-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98
   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.

-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.

-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.

-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 /* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
   Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
 #ifndef _NO_PROTO
-#define _NO_PROTO
+# define _NO_PROTO
 #endif

 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif

-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
   reject `defined (const)'.  */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
+# ifndef const
+#  define const
+# endif
 #endif

 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -55,11 +50,11 @@ USA.  */
   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */

 #define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
-#include <gnu-versions.h>
-#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
-#define ELIDE_CODE
-#endif
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+# include <gnu-versions.h>
+# if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#  define ELIDE_CODE
+# endif
 #endif

 #ifndef ELIDE_CODE
@@ -70,32 +65,26 @@ USA.  */
 #ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
   contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
 #endif	/* GNU C library.  */

 #ifdef VMS
-#include <unixlib.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (WIN32) && !defined (__CYGWIN32__)
-/* It's not Unix, really.  See?  Capital letters.  */
-#include <windows.h>
-#define getpid() GetCurrentProcessId()
+# include <unixlib.h>
+# if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
+#  include <string.h>
+# endif
 #endif

 #ifndef _
 /* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
   When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
-# include <libintl.h>
-# define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
-#else
-# define _(msgid)	(msgid)
-#endif
+# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#  include <libintl.h>
+#  define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
+# else
+#  define _(msgid)	(msgid)
+# endif
 #endif

 /* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
@@ -205,14 +194,22 @@ static char *posixly_correct;
   because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
   On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
   in GCC.  */
-#include <string.h>
-#define	my_index	strchr
+# include <string.h>
+# define my_index	strchr
 #else

+# if HAVE_STRING_H
+#  include <string.h>
+# else
+#  include <strings.h>
+# endif
+
 /* Avoid depending on library functions or files
   whose names are inconsistent.  */

-char *getenv ();
+#ifndef getenv
+extern char *getenv ();
+#endif

 static char *
 my_index (str, chr)
@@ -233,11 +230,11 @@ my_index (str, chr)
 #ifdef __GNUC__
 /* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
   That was relevant to code that was here before.  */
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+# if (!defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__) && !defined strlen
 /* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
   and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms.  */
 extern int strlen (const char *);
-#endif /* not __STDC__ */
+# endif /* not __STDC__ */
 #endif /* __GNUC__ */

 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
@@ -264,8 +261,6 @@ static int nonoption_flags_len;
 static int original_argc;
 static char *const *original_argv;

-extern pid_t __libc_pid;
-
 /* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment
   is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed
   to getopt is that one passed to the process.  */
@@ -278,7 +273,9 @@ store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
  original_argc = argc;
  original_argv = argv;
 }
+# ifdef text_set_element
 text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
+# endif /* text_set_element */

 # define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
  if (nonoption_flags_len > 0)						      \
@@ -300,7 +297,7 @@ text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
   `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */

-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 static void exchange (char **);
 #endif

@@ -331,9 +328,9 @@ exchange (argv)
 	nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
      else
 	{
-	  memcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags, nonoption_flags_max_len);
-	  memset (&new_str[nonoption_flags_max_len], '\0',
-		  top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	  memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags,
+			     nonoption_flags_max_len),
+		  '\0', top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
 	  nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
 	  __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
 	}
@@ -386,7 +383,7 @@ exchange (argv)

 /* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */

-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *);
 #endif
 static const char *
@@ -442,11 +439,8 @@ _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
 	      if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
 		nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
 	      else
-		{
-		  memcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len);
-		  memset (&__getopt_nonoption_flags[len], '\0',
-			  nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
-		}
+		memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len),
+			'\0', nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
 	    }
 	}
      nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len;
@@ -538,11 +532,11 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
     from the shell indicating it is not an option.  The later information
     is only used when the used in the GNU libc.  */
 #ifdef _LIBC
-#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
-		     || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
-			 && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
+		      || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
+			  && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
 #else
-#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
 #endif

  if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
@@ -705,12 +699,12 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		      if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
 			/* --option */
 			fprintf (stderr,
-			     _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
 				 argv[0], pfound->name);
 		      else
 			/* +option or -option */
 			fprintf (stderr,
-			     _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
 				 argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
 		    }

--- a/lib/getopt.h
+++ b/lib/getopt.h
@@ -1,28 +1,27 @@
 /* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.

-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.

-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #ifndef _GETOPT_H
-#define _GETOPT_H 1
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+# define _GETOPT_H 1
+#endif

 #ifdef	__cplusplus
 extern "C" {
@@ -59,6 +58,7 @@ extern int opterr;

 extern int optopt;

+#ifndef __need_getopt
 /* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
@@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ extern int optopt;

 struct option
 {
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
  const char *name;
-#else
+# else
  char *name;
-#endif
+# endif
  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
  int has_arg;
@@ -96,40 +96,74 @@ struct option

 /* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */

-#define	no_argument		0
-#define required_argument	1
-#define optional_argument	2
+# define no_argument		0
+# define required_argument	1
+# define optional_argument	2
+#endif	/* need getopt */

-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+   options given in OPTS.
+
+   Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
+   there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
+   missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+   returned.
+
+   The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+   letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+   takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
+
+   If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
+
+   The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
+   scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
+   options.
+
+   If OPTS begins with `--', then non-option arguments are treated as
+   arguments to the option '\0'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
+   `getopt'.  */
+
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
-extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
-#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts);
+# else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
 extern int getopt ();
-#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
-		        const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
+# endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+
+# ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts,
+		        const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
+extern int getopt_long_only (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);

 /* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
-extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
-			     int long_only);
+extern int _getopt_internal (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+			     int __long_only);
+# endif
 #else /* not __STDC__ */
 extern int getopt ();
+# ifndef __need_getopt
 extern int getopt_long ();
 extern int getopt_long_only ();

 extern int _getopt_internal ();
+# endif
 #endif /* __STDC__ */

 #ifdef	__cplusplus
 }
 #endif

-#endif /* _GETOPT_H */
+/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations.  */
+#undef __need_getopt
+
+#endif /* getopt.h */
--- a/lib/getopt1.c
+++ b/lib/getopt1.c
@@ -1,25 +1,22 @@
 /* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98
+     Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.

-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.

-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
@@ -27,7 +24,7 @@ USA.  */

 #include "getopt.h"

-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
   reject `defined (const)'.  */
 #ifndef const
@@ -46,7 +43,7 @@ USA.  */
   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */

 #define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
 #include <gnu-versions.h>
 #if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
 #define ELIDE_CODE
--- a/lib/getugroups.c
+++ b/lib/getugroups.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getugroups.c -- return a list of the groups a user is in
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1998 Free Software Foundation.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -41,16 +41,27 @@ struct group *getgrent ();
 # include <strings.h>
 #endif

-/* Like `getgroups', but for user USERNAME instead of for
-   the current process. */
+/* Like `getgroups', but for user USERNAME instead of for the current
+   process.  Store at most MAXCOUNT group IDs in the GROUPLIST array.
+   If GID is not -1, store it first (if possible).  GID should be the
+   group ID (pw_gid) obtained from getpwuid, in case USERNAME is not
+   listed in /etc/groups.
+   Always return the number of groups of which USERNAME is a member.  */

 int
-getugroups (int maxcount, GETGROUPS_T *grouplist, char *username)
+getugroups (int maxcount, GETGROUPS_T *grouplist, char *username, gid_t gid)
 {
  struct group *grp;
  register char **cp;
  register int count = 0;

+  if (gid != -1)
+    {
+      if (maxcount != 0)
+	grouplist[count] = gid;
+      ++count;
+    }
+
  setgrent ();
  while ((grp = getgrent ()) != 0)
    for (cp = grp->gr_mem; *cp; ++cp)
--- a/lib/getversion.c
+++ b/lib/getversion.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getversion.c -- select backup filename type
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -46,8 +46,7 @@ static const enum backup_type backup_types[] =
   Unique abbreviations are accepted. */

 enum backup_type
-get_version (version)
-     char *version;
+get_version (const char *version)
 {
  int i;

--- a/lib/hash.c
+++ b/lib/hash.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* hash - hashing table processing.
-   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Written by Jim Meyering, 1992.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -54,10 +54,10 @@ char *malloc ();

 #include "hash.h"

-/* An hash table contains many internal entries, each holding a pointer to
+/* A hash table contains many internal entries, each holding a pointer to
   some user provided data (also called a user entry).  An entry indistinctly
   refers to both the internal entry and its associated user entry.  A user
-   entry contents may be hashed by a randomisation function (the hashing
+   entry contents may be hashed by a randomization function (the hashing
   function, or just `hasher' for short) into a number (or `slot') between 0
   and the current table size.  At each slot position in the hash table,
   starts a linked chain of entries for which the user data all hash to this
@@ -66,32 +66,58 @@ char *malloc ();
   A good `hasher' function will distribute entries rather evenly in buckets.
   In the ideal case, the length of each bucket is roughly the number of
   entries divided by the table size.  Finding the slot for a data is usually
-   done at constant speed by the `hasher', and the later finding of a precise
+   done in constant time by the `hasher', and the later finding of a precise
   entry is linear in time with the size of the bucket.  Consequently, a
-   bigger hash table size (that is, a bigger number of buckets) is prone to
-   yielding shorter buckets, *given* the `hasher' function behaves properly.
+   larger hash table size (that is, a larger number of buckets) is prone to
+   yielding shorter chains, *given* the `hasher' function behaves properly.

   Long buckets slow down the lookup algorithm.  One might use big hash table
   sizes in hope to reduce the average length of buckets, but this might
   become inordinate, as unused slots in the hash table take some space.  The
   best bet is to make sure you are using a good `hasher' function (beware
-   that those are not that easy to write! :-), and to use a table size at
-   least bigger than the actual number of entries.
+   that those are not that easy to write! :-), and to use a table size
+   larger than the actual number of entries.  */

-   Currently, whenever the addition of an entry gets 80% of buckets to be
-   non-empty, this package automatically doubles the number of buckets.  */
+/* If an insertion makes the ratio of nonempty buckets to table size larger
+   than the growth threshold (a number between 0.0 and 1.0), then increase
+   the table size by multiplying by the growth factor (a number greater than
+   1.0).  The growth threshold defaults to 0.8, and the growth factor
+   defaults to 1.414, meaning that the table will have doubled its size
+   every second time 80% of the buckets get used.  */
+#define DEFAULT_GROWTH_THRESHOLD 0.8
+#define DEFAULT_GROWTH_FACTOR 1.414
+
+/* If a deletion empties a bucket and causes the ratio of used buckets to
+   table size to become smaller than the shrink threshold (a number between
+   0.0 and 1.0), then shrink the table by multiplying by the shrink factor (a
+   number greater than the shrink threshold but smaller than 1.0).  The shrink
+   threshold and factor default to 0.0 and 1.0, meaning that the table never
+   shrinks.  */
+#define DEFAULT_SHRINK_THRESHOLD 0.0
+#define DEFAULT_SHRINK_FACTOR 1.0
+
+/* Use this to initialize or reset a TUNING structure to
+   some sensible values. */
+static const Hash_tuning default_tuning =
+  {
+    DEFAULT_SHRINK_THRESHOLD,
+    DEFAULT_SHRINK_FACTOR,
+    DEFAULT_GROWTH_THRESHOLD,
+    DEFAULT_GROWTH_FACTOR,
+    false
+  };

 /* Information and lookup.  */

 /* The following few functions provide information about the overall hash
-   table organisation: the number of entries, number of buckets and maximum
+   table organization: the number of entries, number of buckets and maximum
   length of buckets.  */

 /* Return the number of buckets in the hash table.  The table size, the total
   number of buckets (used plus unused), or the maximum number of slots, are
   the same quantity.  */

-unsigned int
+unsigned
 hash_get_n_buckets (const Hash_table *table)
 {
  return table->n_buckets;
@@ -99,7 +125,7 @@ hash_get_n_buckets (const Hash_table *table)

 /* Return the number of slots in use (non-empty buckets).  */

-unsigned int
+unsigned
 hash_get_n_buckets_used (const Hash_table *table)
 {
  return table->n_buckets_used;
@@ -107,26 +133,26 @@ hash_get_n_buckets_used (const Hash_table *table)

 /* Return the number of active entries.  */

-unsigned int
+unsigned
 hash_get_n_entries (const Hash_table *table)
 {
  return table->n_entries;
 }

-/* Return the length of the most lenghty chain (bucket).  */
+/* Return the length of the longest chain (bucket).  */

-unsigned int
+unsigned
 hash_get_max_bucket_length (const Hash_table *table)
 {
  struct hash_entry *bucket;
-  unsigned int max_bucket_length = 0;
+  unsigned max_bucket_length = 0;

  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
    {
      if (bucket->data)
 	{
 	  struct hash_entry *cursor = bucket;
-	  unsigned int bucket_length = 1;
+	  unsigned bucket_length = 1;

 	  while (cursor = cursor->next, cursor)
 	    bucket_length++;
@@ -139,15 +165,15 @@ hash_get_max_bucket_length (const Hash_table *table)
  return max_bucket_length;
 }

-/* Do a mild validation of an hash table, by traversing it and checking two
+/* Do a mild validation of a hash table, by traversing it and checking two
   statistics.  */

 bool
 hash_table_ok (const Hash_table *table)
 {
  struct hash_entry *bucket;
-  unsigned int n_buckets_used = 0;
-  unsigned int n_entries = 0;
+  unsigned n_buckets_used = 0;
+  unsigned n_entries = 0;

  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
    {
@@ -174,10 +200,10 @@ hash_table_ok (const Hash_table *table)
 void
 hash_print_statistics (const Hash_table *table, FILE *stream)
 {
-  unsigned int n_entries = hash_get_n_entries (table);
-  unsigned int n_buckets = hash_get_n_buckets (table);
-  unsigned int n_buckets_used = hash_get_n_buckets_used (table);
-  unsigned int max_bucket_length = hash_get_max_bucket_length (table);
+  unsigned n_entries = hash_get_n_entries (table);
+  unsigned n_buckets = hash_get_n_buckets (table);
+  unsigned n_buckets_used = hash_get_n_buckets_used (table);
+  unsigned max_bucket_length = hash_get_max_bucket_length (table);

  fprintf (stream, "# entries:         %u\n", n_entries);
  fprintf (stream, "# buckets:         %u\n", n_buckets);
@@ -186,8 +212,8 @@ hash_print_statistics (const Hash_table *table, FILE *stream)
  fprintf (stream, "max bucket length: %u\n", max_bucket_length);
 }

-/* Return the user entry from the hash table, if some entry in the hash table
-   compares equally with ENTRY, or NULL otherwise. */
+/* If ENTRY matches an entry already in the hash table, return the
+   entry from the table.  Otherwise, return NULL.  */

 void *
 hash_lookup (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
@@ -229,7 +255,7 @@ hash_get_first (const Hash_table *table)
    if (bucket->data)
      return bucket->data;

-  abort ();
+  assert (0);
 }

 /* Return the user data for the entry following ENTRY, where ENTRY has been
@@ -263,11 +289,11 @@ hash_get_next (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
   return the number of pointers copied.  Do not copy more than BUFFER_SIZE
   pointers.  */

-unsigned int
+unsigned
 hash_get_entries (const Hash_table *table, void **buffer,
-		  unsigned int buffer_size)
+		  unsigned buffer_size)
 {
-  unsigned int counter = 0;
+  unsigned counter = 0;
  struct hash_entry *bucket;
  struct hash_entry *cursor;

@@ -287,7 +313,7 @@ hash_get_entries (const Hash_table *table, void **buffer,
  return counter;
 }

-/* Call a PROCESSOR function for each entry of an hash table, and return the
+/* Call a PROCESSOR function for each entry of a hash table, and return the
   number of entries for which the processor function returned success.  A
   pointer to some PROCESSOR_DATA which will be made available to each call to
   the processor function.  The PROCESSOR accepts two arguments: the first is
@@ -295,11 +321,11 @@ hash_get_entries (const Hash_table *table, void **buffer,
   as received.  The walking continue for as long as the PROCESSOR function
   returns nonzero.  When it returns zero, the walking is interrupted.  */

-unsigned int
+unsigned
 hash_do_for_each (const Hash_table *table, Hash_processor processor,
 		  void *processor_data)
 {
-  unsigned int counter = 0;
+  unsigned counter = 0;
  struct hash_entry *bucket;
  struct hash_entry *cursor;

@@ -332,8 +358,8 @@ hash_do_for_each (const Hash_table *table, Hash_processor processor,
   algorithms tend to be domain-specific, so what's good for [diffutils'] io.c
   may not be good for your application."  */

-unsigned int
-hash_string (const char *string, unsigned int n_buckets)
+unsigned
+hash_string (const char *string, unsigned n_buckets)
 {
 # ifndef CHAR_BIT
 #  define CHAR_BIT 8
@@ -360,8 +386,8 @@ hash_string (const char *string, unsigned int n_buckets)
   very old Cyber `snoop', itself written in typical Greg Mansfield style.
   (By the way, what happened to this excellent man?  Is he still alive?)  */

-unsigned int
-hash_string (const char *string, unsigned int n_buckets)
+unsigned
+hash_string (const char *string, unsigned n_buckets)
 {
  unsigned value = 0;

@@ -376,7 +402,7 @@ hash_string (const char *string, unsigned int n_buckets)
 /* Return true if CANDIDATE is a prime number.  CANDIDATE should be an odd
   number at least equal to 11.  */

-static int
+static bool
 is_prime (unsigned long candidate)
 {
  unsigned long divisor = 3;
@@ -393,12 +419,14 @@ is_prime (unsigned long candidate)
 }

 /* Round a given CANDIDATE number up to the nearest prime, and return that
-   prime.  CANDIDATE should be at least equal to 10.  */
+   prime.  Primes lower than 10 are merely skipped.  */

 static unsigned long
 next_prime (unsigned long candidate)
 {
-  assert (candidate >= 10);
+  /* Skip small primes.  */
+  if (candidate < 10)
+    candidate = 10;

  /* Make it definitely odd.  */
  candidate |= 1;
@@ -409,33 +437,73 @@ next_prime (unsigned long candidate)
  return candidate;
 }

-/* Allocate and return a new hash table, or NULL if an error is met.  The
-   initial number of buckets would be at least CANDIDATE (which need not be
-   prime).
+void
+hash_reset_tuning (Hash_tuning *tuning)
+{
+  *tuning = default_tuning;
+}

-   If DATA_FREER is not NULL, this function may be later called with the data
-   as an argument, just before they entry containing the data gets freed.  The
-   HASHER function should be supplied, and FIXME.  The COMPARATOR function
-   should also be supplied, and FIXME.  */
+/* For the given hash TABLE, check the user supplied tuning structure for
+   reasonable values, and return true if there is no gross error with it.
+   Otherwise, definitvely reset the TUNING field to some acceptable default in
+   the hash table (that is, the user loses the right of further modifying
+   tuning arguments), and return false.  */

-    /* User-supplied function for freeing datas.  It is specified in
-       hash_initialize.  If non-null, it is used by hash_free and hash_clear.
-       You should specify `free' here only if you want these functions to free
-       all of your `data' data.  This is typically the case when your data is
-       simply an auxilliary struct that you have malloc'd to aggregate several
-       values.  */
+static bool
+check_tuning (Hash_table *table)
+{
+  const Hash_tuning *tuning = table->tuning;

-    /* User-supplied hash function that hashes entry ENTRY to an integer in
-       the range 0..TABLE_SIZE-1.  */
+  if (tuning->growth_threshold > 0.0
+      && tuning->growth_threshold < 1.0
+      && tuning->growth_factor > 1.0
+      && tuning->shrink_threshold >= 0.0
+      && tuning->shrink_threshold < 1.0
+      && tuning->shrink_factor > tuning->shrink_threshold
+      && tuning->shrink_factor <= 1.0
+      && tuning->shrink_threshold < tuning->growth_threshold)
+    return true;

-    /* User-supplied function that determines whether a new entry is unique by
-       comparing the new entry to entries that hashed to the same bucket
-       index.  It should return zero for a pair of entries that compare equal,
-       non-zero otherwise.  */
+  table->tuning = &default_tuning;
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Allocate and return a new hash table, or NULL upon failure.  The
+   initial number of buckets is automatically selected so as to _guarantee_ that
+   you may insert at least CANDIDATE different user entries before any growth
+   of the hash table size occurs.  So, if have a reasonably tight a-priori
+   upper bound on the
+   number of entries you intend to insert in the hash table, you may save some
+   table memory and insertion time, by specifying it here.  If the
+   IS_N_BUCKETS field of the TUNING structure is true, the CANDIDATE argument
+   has its meaning changed to the wanted number of buckets.
+
+   TUNING points to a structure of user-supplied values, in case some fine
+   tuning is wanted over the default behavior of the hasher.  If TUNING is
+   NULL, the default tuning parameters are used instead.
+
+   The user-supplied HASHER function should be provided.  It accepts two
+   arguments ENTRY and TABLE_SIZE.  It computes, by hashing ENTRY contents, a
+   slot number for that entry which should be in the range 0..TABLE_SIZE-1.
+   This slot number is then returned.
+
+   The user-supplied COMPARATOR function should be provided.  It accepts two
+   arguments pointing to user data, it then returns true for a pair of entries
+   that compare equal, or false otherwise.  This function is internally called
+   on entries which are already known to hash to the same bucket index.
+
+   The user-supplied DATA_FREER function, when not NULL, may be later called
+   with the user data as an argument, just before the entry containing the
+   data gets freed.  This happens from within `hash_free' or `hash_clear'.
+   You should specify this function only if you want these functions to free
+   all of your `data' data.  This is typically the case when your data is
+   simply an auxiliary struct that you have malloc'd to aggregate several
+   values.  */

 Hash_table *
-hash_initialize (unsigned int candidate, Hash_hasher hasher,
-		 Hash_comparator comparator, Hash_data_freer data_freer)
+hash_initialize (unsigned candidate, const Hash_tuning *tuning,
+		 Hash_hasher hasher, Hash_comparator comparator,
+		 Hash_data_freer data_freer)
 {
  Hash_table *table;
  struct hash_entry *bucket;
@@ -447,7 +515,24 @@ hash_initialize (unsigned int candidate, Hash_hasher hasher,
  if (table == NULL)
    return NULL;

-  table->n_buckets = next_prime (candidate < 10 ? 10 : candidate);
+  if (!tuning)
+    tuning = &default_tuning;
+  table->tuning = tuning;
+  if (!check_tuning (table))
+    {
+      /* Fail if the tuning options are invalid.  This is the only occasion
+	 when the user gets some feedback about it.  Once the table is created,
+	 if the user provides invalid tuning options, we silently revert to
+	 using the defaults, and ignore further request to change the tuning
+	 options.  */
+      free (table);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  table->n_buckets
+    = next_prime (tuning->is_n_buckets ? candidate
+		  : (unsigned) (candidate / tuning->growth_threshold));
+
  table->bucket = (struct hash_entry *)
    malloc (table->n_buckets * sizeof (struct hash_entry));
  if (table->bucket == NULL)
@@ -515,7 +600,7 @@ hash_clear (Hash_table *table)
  table->n_entries = 0;
 }

-/* Reclaim all storage associated with an hash table.  If a data_freer
+/* Reclaim all storage associated with a hash table.  If a data_freer
   function has been supplied by the user when the hash table was created,
   this function applies it to the data of each entry before freeing that
   entry.  */
@@ -682,21 +767,23 @@ hash_find_entry (Hash_table *table, const void *entry,
  return NULL;
 }

-/* For an already existing hash table, change the number of buckets and make
-   it NEW_TABLE_SIZE.  The contents of the hash table are preserved.  */
+/* For an already existing hash table, change the number of buckets through
+   specifying CANDIDATE.  The contents of the hash table are preserved.  The
+   new number of buckets is automatically selected so as to _guarantee_ that the
+   table may receive at least CANDIDATE different user entries, including
+   those already in the table, before any other growth of the hash table size
+   occurs.  If TUNING->IS_N_BUCKETS is true, then CANDIDATE specifies the
+   exact number of buckets desired.  */

 bool
-hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, unsigned int new_n_buckets)
+hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, unsigned candidate)
 {
  Hash_table *new_table;
  struct hash_entry *bucket;
  struct hash_entry *cursor;
  struct hash_entry *next;

-  if (table->n_buckets <= 0 || new_n_buckets == 0)
-    return false;
-
-  new_table = hash_initialize (new_n_buckets, table->hasher,
+  new_table = hash_initialize (candidate, table->tuning, table->hasher,
 			       table->comparator, table->data_freer);
  if (new_table == NULL)
    return false;
@@ -709,26 +796,23 @@ hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, unsigned int new_n_buckets)
  new_table->free_entry_list = table->free_entry_list;

  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
-    {
-      if (bucket->data)
+    if (bucket->data)
+      for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = next)
 	{
-	  for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = next)
+	  void *data = cursor->data;
+	  struct hash_entry *new_bucket
+	    = (new_table->bucket
+	       + new_table->hasher (data, new_table->n_buckets));
+
+	  assert (new_bucket < new_table->bucket_limit);
+	  next = cursor->next;
+
+	  if (new_bucket->data)
 	    {
-	      void *data = cursor->data;
-	      struct hash_entry *new_bucket
-		= new_table->bucket + new_table->hasher (data, new_n_buckets);
-
-	      assert (new_bucket < new_table->bucket_limit);
-
-	      /* Free overflow entries as soon as possible, moving them from the
-		 old hash table into the new one, as they may be needed now.  */
-	      next = cursor->next;
-	      if (cursor != bucket)
-		free_entry (new_table, cursor);
-
-	      /* Insert the entry into the new hash table.  */
-	      if (new_bucket->data)
+	      if (cursor == bucket)
 		{
+		  /* Allocate or recycle an entry, when moving from a bucket
+		     header into a bucket overflow.  */
 		  struct hash_entry *new_entry = allocate_entry (new_table);

 		  if (new_entry == NULL)
@@ -740,12 +824,24 @@ hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, unsigned int new_n_buckets)
 		}
 	      else
 		{
-		  new_bucket->data = data;
-		  new_table->n_buckets_used++;
+		  /* Merely relink an existing entry, when moving from a
+		     bucket overflow into a bucket overflow.  */
+		  cursor->next = new_bucket->next;
+		  new_bucket->next = cursor;
 		}
 	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Free an existing entry, when moving from a bucket
+		 overflow into a bucket header.  Also take care of the
+		 simple case of moving from a bucket header into a bucket
+		 header.  */
+	      new_bucket->data = data;
+	      new_table->n_buckets_used++;
+	      if (cursor != bucket)
+		free_entry (new_table, cursor);
+	    }
 	}
-    }

  free (table->bucket);
  table->bucket = new_table->bucket;
@@ -761,68 +857,74 @@ hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, unsigned int new_n_buckets)
  return true;
 }

-/* If ENTRY matches an entry already in the hash table, don't modify the table
-   and return the matched entry.  Otherwise, insert ENTRY and return NULL.
-   *DONE is set to true in all cases, unless the storage required for
-   insertion cannot be allocated.  */
+/* If ENTRY matches an entry already in the hash table, return the pointer
+   to the entry from the table.  Otherwise, insert ENTRY and return ENTRY.
+   Return NULL if the storage required for insertion cannot be allocated.  */

 void *
-hash_insert (Hash_table *table, const void *entry, bool *done)
+hash_insert (Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
 {
  void *data;
  struct hash_entry *bucket;

-  assert (entry);		/* cannot insert a NULL data */
+  assert (entry);		/* cannot insert a NULL entry */

-  if (data = hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, false), data)
-    {
-      *done = true;
-      return data;
-    }
+  /* If there's a matching entry already in the table, return that.  */
+  if ((data = hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, false)) != NULL)
+    return data;

  /* ENTRY is not matched, it should be inserted.  */

-  table->n_entries++;
-
  if (bucket->data)
    {
      struct hash_entry *new_entry = allocate_entry (table);

      if (new_entry == NULL)
-	{
-	  *done = false;
-	  return NULL;
-	}
+	return NULL;

      /* Add ENTRY in the overflow of the bucket.  */

      new_entry->data = (void *) entry;
      new_entry->next = bucket->next;
      bucket->next = new_entry;
-      *done = true;
-      return NULL;
+      table->n_entries++;
+      return (void *) entry;
    }

  /* Add ENTRY right in the bucket head.  */

  bucket->data = (void *) entry;
+  table->n_entries++;
  table->n_buckets_used++;

-  /* If more than 80% of the buckets are in use, rehash the table two
-     times bigger.  It's no real use checking the number of entries, as if
-     the hashing function is ill-conditioned, rehashing is not likely to
-     improve it.  */
+  /* If the growth threshold of the buckets in use has been reached, increase
+     the table size and rehash.  There's no point in checking the number of
+     entries:  if the hashing function is ill-conditioned, rehashing is not
+     likely to improve it.  */

-  if (5 * table->n_buckets_used > 4 * table->n_buckets)
+  if (table->n_buckets_used
+      > table->tuning->growth_threshold * table->n_buckets)
    {
-      unsigned int new_n_buckets = next_prime (2 * table->n_buckets + 1);
+      /* Check more fully, before starting real work.  If tuning arguments
+	 became invalid, the second check will rely on proper defaults.  */
+      check_tuning (table);
+      if (table->n_buckets_used
+	  > table->tuning->growth_threshold * table->n_buckets)
+	{
+	  const Hash_tuning *tuning = table->tuning;
+	  unsigned candidate
+	    = (unsigned) (tuning->is_n_buckets
+			  ? (table->n_buckets * tuning->growth_factor)
+			  : (table->n_buckets * tuning->growth_factor
+			     * tuning->growth_threshold));

-      *done = hash_rehash (table, new_n_buckets);
-      return NULL;
+	  /* If the rehash fails, arrange to return NULL.  */
+	  if (!hash_rehash (table, candidate))
+	    entry = NULL;
+	}
    }

-  *done = true;
-  return NULL;
+  return (void *) entry;
 }

 /* If ENTRY is already in the table, remove it and return the just-deleted
@@ -838,9 +940,34 @@ hash_delete (Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
  if (data = hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, true), !data)
    return NULL;

-  if (!bucket->data)
-    table->n_buckets_used--;
  table->n_entries--;
+  if (!bucket->data)
+    {
+      table->n_buckets_used--;
+
+      /* If the shrink threshold of the buckets in use has been reached,
+	 rehash into a smaller table.  */
+
+      if (table->n_buckets_used
+	  < table->tuning->shrink_threshold * table->n_buckets)
+	{
+	  /* Check more fully, before starting real work.  If tuning arguments
+	     became invalid, the second check will rely on proper defaults.  */
+	  check_tuning (table);
+	  if (table->n_buckets_used
+	      < table->tuning->shrink_threshold * table->n_buckets)
+	    {
+	      const Hash_tuning *tuning = table->tuning;
+	      unsigned candidate
+		= (unsigned) (tuning->is_n_buckets
+			      ? table->n_buckets * tuning->shrink_factor
+			      : (table->n_buckets * tuning->shrink_factor
+				 * tuning->growth_threshold));
+
+	      hash_rehash (table, candidate);
+	    }
+	}
+    }

  return data;
 }
--- a/lib/hash.h
+++ b/lib/hash.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* hash - hashing table processing.
-   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@ascend.com>, 1998.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 # endif
 #endif

-typedef unsigned int (*Hash_hasher) PARAMS ((const void *, unsigned int));
+typedef unsigned (*Hash_hasher) PARAMS ((const void *, unsigned));
 typedef bool (*Hash_comparator) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
 typedef void (*Hash_data_freer) PARAMS ((void *));
 typedef bool (*Hash_processor) PARAMS ((void *, void *));
@@ -40,6 +40,20 @@ struct hash_entry
    struct hash_entry *next;
  };

+struct hash_tuning
+  {
+    /* This structure is mainly used for `hash_initialize', see the block
+       documentation of `hash_reset_tuning' for more complete comments.  */
+
+    float shrink_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a shrink */
+    float shrink_factor;	/* ratio of new smaller size to original size */
+    float growth_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a growth */
+    float growth_factor;	/* ratio of new bigger size to original size */
+    bool is_n_buckets;		/* if CANDIDATE really means table size */
+  };
+
+typedef struct hash_tuning Hash_tuning;
+
 struct hash_table
  {
    /* The array of buckets starts at BUCKET and extends to BUCKET_LIMIT-1,
@@ -47,9 +61,12 @@ struct hash_table
       are not empty, there are N_ENTRIES active entries in the table.  */
    struct hash_entry *bucket;
    struct hash_entry *bucket_limit;
-    unsigned int n_buckets;
-    unsigned int n_buckets_used;
-    unsigned int n_entries;
+    unsigned n_buckets;
+    unsigned n_buckets_used;
+    unsigned n_entries;
+
+    /* Tuning arguments, kept in a physicaly separate structure.  */
+    const Hash_tuning *tuning;

    /* Three functions are given to `hash_initialize', see the documentation
       block for this function.  In a word, HASHER randomizes a user entry
@@ -74,10 +91,10 @@ struct hash_table
 typedef struct hash_table Hash_table;

 /* Information and lookup.  */
-unsigned int hash_get_n_buckets PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-unsigned int hash_get_n_buckets_used PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-unsigned int hash_get_n_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-unsigned int hash_get_max_bucket_length PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_buckets PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_buckets_used PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_max_bucket_length PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
 bool hash_table_ok PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
 void hash_print_statistics PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, FILE *));
 void *hash_lookup PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
@@ -85,19 +102,19 @@ void *hash_lookup PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
 /* Walking.  */
 void *hash_get_first PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
 void *hash_get_next PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
-unsigned int hash_get_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, void **,
-				       unsigned int));
-unsigned int hash_do_for_each PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, Hash_processor,
-				       void *));
+unsigned hash_get_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, void **, unsigned));
+unsigned hash_do_for_each PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, Hash_processor, void *));

 /* Allocation and clean-up.  */
-unsigned int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned int));
-Hash_table *hash_initialize PARAMS ((unsigned int, Hash_hasher,
-				     Hash_comparator, Hash_data_freer));
+unsigned hash_string PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned));
+void hash_reset_tuning PARAMS ((Hash_tuning *));
+Hash_table *hash_initialize PARAMS ((unsigned, const Hash_tuning *,
+				     Hash_hasher, Hash_comparator,
+				     Hash_data_freer));
 void hash_clear PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
 void hash_free PARAMS ((Hash_table *));

 /* Insertion and deletion.  */
-bool hash_rehash PARAMS ((Hash_table *, unsigned int));
-void *hash_insert PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *, bool *));
+bool hash_rehash PARAMS ((Hash_table *, unsigned));
+void *hash_insert PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
 void *hash_delete PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
--- a/lib/human.c
+++ b/lib/human.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* human.c -- print human readable file size
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,10 +23,6 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-# include <inttypes.h>
-#endif
-
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <stdio.h>

@@ -54,7 +50,7 @@ char *getenv ();

 #include <argmatch.h>
 #include <error.h>
-#include <xstrtoul.h>
+#include <xstrtol.h>

 #include "human.h"

@@ -258,7 +254,7 @@ humblock (char const *spec, int *block_size)

  if (! spec && ! (spec = getenv ("BLOCK_SIZE")))
    *block_size = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") ? 512 : DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE;
-  else if (0 <= (i = argmatch (spec, block_size_args)))
+  else if (0 <= (i = ARGMATCH (spec, block_size_args, block_size_types)))
    *block_size = block_size_types[i];
  else
    {
--- a/lib/human.h
+++ b/lib/human.h
@@ -1,6 +1,14 @@
 #ifndef HUMAN_H_
 # define HUMAN_H_ 1

+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#  include <inttypes.h>
+# endif
+
 /* A conservative bound on the maximum length of a human-readable string.
   The output can be the product of the largest uintmax_t and the largest int,
   so add their sizes before converting to a bound on digits.  */
--- a/lib/idcache.c
+++ b/lib/idcache.c
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 /* idcache.c -- map user and group IDs, cached for speed
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
--- a/lib/isdir.c
+++ b/lib/isdir.c
@@ -34,8 +34,7 @@
   return nonzero, else 0.  */

 int
-isdir (path)
-     char *path;
+isdir (const char *path)
 {
  struct stat stats;

--- a/lib/lchown.c
+++ b/lib/lchown.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Provide a stub lchown function for systems that lack it.
-   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,6 +27,10 @@ extern int errno;
 #endif
 #include "lchown.h"

+/* Declare chown to avoid a warning.  Don't include unistd.h,
+   because it may have a conflicting prototype for lchown.  */
+int chown ();
+
 /* Work just like chown, except when FILE is a symbolic link.
   In that case, set errno to ENOSYS and return -1.  */

--- a/lib/long-options.c
+++ b/lib/long-options.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Utility to accept --help and --version options as unobtrusively as possible.
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,6 +25,14 @@
 #include <getopt.h>
 #include "closeout.h"
 #include "long-options.h"
+#include "version-etc.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif

 static struct option const long_options[] =
 {
@@ -37,13 +45,13 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
   Be careful not to gobble up `--'.  */

 void
-parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, package, version, usage)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-     const char *command_name;
-     const char *package;
-     const char *version;
-     void (*usage)();
+parse_long_options (int argc,
+		    char **argv,
+		    const char *command_name,
+		    const char *package,
+		    const char *version,
+		    const char *authors,
+		    void (*usage_func)())
 {
  int c;
  int saved_opterr;
@@ -59,10 +67,10 @@ parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, package, version, usage)
      switch (c)
 	{
 	case 'h':
-	  (*usage) (0);
+	  (*usage_func) (0);

 	case 'v':
-	  printf ("%s (%s) %s\n", command_name, package, version);
+	  version_etc (stdout, command_name, package, version, authors);
 	  close_stdout (); /* FIXME: output failure exit status
 			      should be settable via an arg.  */
 	  exit (0);
--- a/lib/long-options.h
+++ b/lib/long-options.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* long-options.h -- declaration for --help- and --version-handling function.
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -26,7 +26,10 @@
 #endif

 void
-  parse_long_options PARAMS ((int _argc, char **_argv,
+  parse_long_options PARAMS ((int _argc,
+			      char **_argv,
 			      const char *_command_name,
 			      const char *_package,
-			      const char *_version, void (*_usage) (int)));
+			      const char *_version,
+			      const char *_authors,
+			      void (*_usage) (int)));
--- a/lib/lstat.c
+++ b/lib/lstat.c
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/* Work around the bug in some systems whereby lstat succeeds when
-   given the zero-length file name argument.  The lstat from SunOS4.1.4
-   has this bug.
-   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* written by Jim Meyering */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-/* Disable the definition of lstat to rpl_lstat (from config.h) in this
-   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_lstat on
-   most systems.  */
-#undef lstat
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-/* FIXME: describe.  */
-
-int
-rpl_lstat (file, sbuf)
-     const char *file;
-     struct stat *sbuf;
-{
-  if (file && *file == 0)
-    {
-      errno = EINVAL;
-      return -1;
-    }
-
-  return lstat (file, sbuf);
-}
--- a/lib/makepath.c
+++ b/lib/makepath.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* makepath.c -- Ensure that a directory path exists.
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -71,23 +71,51 @@ extern int errno;
 # endif
 #endif

+#ifndef S_ISUID
+# define S_ISUID 04000
+#endif
+#ifndef S_ISGID
+# define S_ISGID 02000
+#endif
+#ifndef S_ISVTX
+# define S_ISVTX 01000
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IRUSR
+# define S_IRUSR 0200
+#endif
 #ifndef S_IWUSR
 # define S_IWUSR 0200
 #endif
-
 #ifndef S_IXUSR
 # define S_IXUSR 0100
 #endif

+#ifndef S_IRWXU
+# define S_IRWXU (S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
+#endif
+
 #define WX_USR (S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)

+/* Include this before libintl.h so we get our definition of PARAMS. */
+#include "makepath.h"
+
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
 #ifdef __MSDOS__
 typedef int uid_t;
 typedef int gid_t;
 #endif

 #include "save-cwd.h"
-#include "makepath.h"
 #include "error.h"

 void strip_trailing_slashes ();
@@ -99,9 +127,9 @@ void strip_trailing_slashes ();
 	 Restore working directory.  */			\
      if (do_chdir)					\
 	{						\
-	  int fail = restore_cwd (&cwd, NULL, NULL);	\
+	  int _fail = restore_cwd (&cwd, NULL, NULL);	\
 	  free_cwd (&cwd);				\
-	  if (fail)					\
+	  if (_fail)					\
 	    return 1;					\
 	}						\
    }							\
@@ -115,6 +143,57 @@ void strip_trailing_slashes ();
    }							\
  while (0)

+/* Attempt to create directory DIR (aka DIRPATH) with the specified MODE.
+   If CREATED_DIR_P is non-NULL, set *CREATED_DIR_P to non-zero if this
+   function creates DIR and to zero otherwise.  Give a diagnostic and
+   return non-zero if DIR cannot be created or cannot be determined to
+   exist already.  Use DIRPATH in any diagnostic, not DIR.
+   Note that if DIR already exists, this function will return zero
+   (indicating success) and will set *CREATED_DIR_P to zero.  */
+
+static int
+make_dir (const char *dir, const char *dirpath, mode_t mode, int *created_dir_p)
+{
+  int fail = 0;
+  int created_dir;
+
+  created_dir = (mkdir (dir, mode) == 0);
+
+  if (!created_dir)
+    {
+      struct stat stats;
+      int saved_errno = errno;
+
+      /* The mkdir and stat calls below may appear to be reversed.
+	 They are not.  It is important to call mkdir first and then to
+	 call stat (to distinguish the three cases) only if mkdir fails.
+	 The alternative to this approach is to `stat' each directory,
+	 then to call mkdir if it doesn't exist.  But if some other process
+	 were to create the directory between the stat & mkdir, the mkdir
+	 would fail with EEXIST.  */
+
+      if (stat (dir, &stats))
+	{
+	  error (0, saved_errno, _("cannot create directory `%s'"), dirpath);
+	  fail = 1;
+	}
+      else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, _("`%s' exists but is not a directory"), dirpath);
+	  fail = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* DIR (aka DIRPATH) already exists and is a directory. */
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (created_dir_p)
+    *created_dir_p = created_dir;
+
+  return fail;
+}
+
 /* Ensure that the directory ARGPATH exists.
   Remove any trailing slashes from ARGPATH before calling this function.

@@ -162,7 +241,7 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
      char *dirpath;

      /* Temporarily relax umask in case it's overly restrictive.  */
-      int oldmask = umask (0);
+      mode_t oldmask = umask (0);

      /* Make a copy of ARGPATH that we can scribble NULs on.  */
      dirpath = (char *) alloca (strlen (argpath) + 1);
@@ -174,9 +253,9 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	 their owners, we need to fix their permissions after making them.  */
      if (((parent_mode & WX_USR) != WX_USR)
 	  || ((owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
-	      && (parent_mode & 07000) != 0))
+	      && (parent_mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX)) != 0))
 	{
-	  tmp_mode = 0700;
+	  tmp_mode = S_IRWXU;
 	  re_protect = 1;
 	}
      else
@@ -203,7 +282,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,

      while (1)
 	{
-	  int newly_created_dir = 1;
+	  int newly_created_dir;
+	  int fail;

 	  /* slash points to the leftmost unprocessed component of dirpath.  */
 	  basename_dir = slash;
@@ -217,34 +297,12 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	  if (!do_chdir)
 	    basename_dir = dirpath;

-	  /* The mkdir and stat calls below appear to be reversed.
-	     They are not.  It is important to call mkdir first and then to
-	     call stat (to distinguish the three cases) only if mkdir fails.
-	     The alternative to this approach is to `stat' each directory,
-	     then to call mkdir if it doesn't exist.  But if some other process
-	     were to create the directory between the stat & mkdir, the mkdir
-	     would fail with EEXIST.  */
-
 	  *slash = '\0';
-	  if (mkdir (basename_dir, tmp_mode))
+	  fail = make_dir (basename_dir, dirpath, tmp_mode, &newly_created_dir);
+	  if (fail)
 	    {
-	      if (stat (basename_dir, &stats))
-		{
-		  error (0, errno, "cannot create directory `%s'", dirpath);
-		  CLEANUP;
-		  return 1;
-		}
-	      else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
-		{
-		  error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
-		  CLEANUP;
-		  return 1;
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  /* DIRPATH already exists and is a directory. */
-		  newly_created_dir = 0;
-		}
+	      CLEANUP;
+	      return 1;
 	    }

 	  if (newly_created_dir)
@@ -280,7 +338,7 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	     stat and mkdir process O(n^2) file name components.  */
 	  if (do_chdir && chdir (basename_dir) < 0)
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "cannot chdir to directory, %s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chdir to directory, %s"), dirpath);
 	      CLEANUP;
 	      return 1;
 	    }
@@ -299,12 +357,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
      /* We're done making leading directories.
 	 Create the final component of the path.  */

-      /* The path could end in "/." or contain "/..", so test
-	 if we really have to create the directory.  */
-
-      if (stat (basename_dir, &stats) && mkdir (basename_dir, mode))
+      if (make_dir (basename_dir, dirpath, mode, NULL))
 	{
-	  error (0, errno, "cannot create directory `%s'", dirpath);
 	  CLEANUP;
 	  return 1;
 	}
@@ -323,13 +377,14 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 #endif
 	      )
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "cannot chown %s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chown %s"), dirpath);
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	  /* chown may have turned off some permission bits we wanted.  */
-	  if ((mode & 07000) != 0 && chmod (basename_dir, mode))
+	  if ((mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX))
+	      && chmod (basename_dir, mode))
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "cannot chmod %s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chmod %s"), dirpath);
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -357,7 +412,7 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,

      if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
 	{
-	  error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
+	  error (0, 0, _("`%s' exists but is not a directory"), dirpath);
 	  return 1;
 	}

--- a/lib/malloc.c
+++ b/lib/malloc.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Work around bug on some systems where malloc (0) fails.
-   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -30,8 +30,7 @@ char *malloc ();
   If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block.  */

 char *
-rpl_malloc (n)
-     size_t n;
+rpl_malloc (size_t n)
 {
  if (n == 0)
    n = 1;
--- a/lib/memcmp.c
+++ b/lib/memcmp.c
@@ -104,8 +104,7 @@ static int memcmp_bytes __P((op_t, op_t));
 __inline
 # endif
 static int
-memcmp_bytes (a, b)
-     op_t a, b;
+memcmp_bytes (long unsigned int a, long unsigned int b)
 {
  long int srcp1 = (long int) &a;
  long int srcp2 = (long int) &b;
@@ -132,10 +131,7 @@ static int memcmp_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
 __inline
 #endif
 static int
-memcmp_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
-     long int srcp1;
-     long int srcp2;
-     size_t len;
+memcmp_common_alignment (long int srcp1, long int srcp2, size_t len)
 {
  op_t a0, a1;
  op_t b0, b1;
@@ -222,10 +218,7 @@ static int memcmp_not_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
 __inline
 #endif
 static int
-memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
-     long int srcp1;
-     long int srcp2;
-     size_t len;
+memcmp_not_common_alignment (long int srcp1, long int srcp2, size_t len)
 {
  op_t a0, a1, a2, a3;
  op_t b0, b1, b2, b3;
@@ -325,10 +318,7 @@ memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
 }

 int
-rpl_memcmp (s1, s2, len)
-     const __ptr_t s1;
-     const __ptr_t s2;
-     size_t len;
+rpl_memcmp (const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t len)
 {
  op_t a0;
  op_t b0;
--- a/lib/memset.c
+++ b/lib/memset.c
@@ -16,10 +16,7 @@
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 char *
-memset (str, c, len)
-     char *str;
-     int c;
-     unsigned len;
+memset (char *str, int c, unsigned int len)
 {
  register char *st = str;

--- a/lib/mkdir.c
+++ b/lib/mkdir.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* BSD compatible make directory function for System V
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -34,6 +34,16 @@ extern int errno;
 # define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif

+#ifndef S_IRWXU
+# define S_IRWXU 0700
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IRWXG
+# define S_IRWXG 0070
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IRWXO
+# define S_IRWXO 0007
+#endif
+
 /* mkdir adapted from GNU tar.  */

 /* Make directory DPATH, with permission mode DMODE.
@@ -48,11 +58,11 @@ extern int errno;
   subroutine didn't return EEXIST.  It does now.  */

 int
-mkdir (dpath, dmode)
-     char *dpath;
-     int dmode;
+mkdir (const char *dpath, mode_t dmode)
 {
-  int cpid, status;
+  pid_t cpid;
+  mode_t mode;
+  int status;
  struct stat statbuf;

  if (stat (dpath, &statbuf) == 0)
@@ -76,8 +86,9 @@ mkdir (dpath, dmode)
 	 process is going away anyway, we zap its umask.
 	 This won't suffice to set SUID, SGID, etc. on this
 	 directory, so the parent process calls chmod afterward.  */
-      status = umask (0);	/* Get current umask.  */
-      umask (status | (0777 & ~dmode));	/* Set for mkdir.  */
+      mode = umask (0);	/* Get current umask.  */
+      /* Set for mkdir.  */
+      umask (mode | ((S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO) & ~dmode));
      execl ("/bin/mkdir", "mkdir", dpath, (char *) 0);
      _exit (1);

@@ -86,7 +97,7 @@ mkdir (dpath, dmode)
      while (wait (&status) != cpid)
 	/* Do nothing.  */ ;

-      if (status & 0xFFFF)
+      if (status)
 	{
 	  /* /bin/mkdir failed.  */
 	  errno = EIO;
--- a/lib/mktime.c
+++ b/lib/mktime.c
@@ -1,24 +1,22 @@
-/* mktime: convert a `struct tm' to a time_t value  zzzzzz
-   Copyright (C) 1993-1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Convert a `struct tm' to a time_t value.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
   Contributed by Paul Eggert (eggert@twinsun.com).

-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.

-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 /* Define this to have a standalone program to test this implementation of
   mktime.  */
@@ -28,14 +26,8 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-/* Some systems need this in order to declare localtime_r properly.  */
-#ifndef _REENTRANT
-# define _REENTRANT 1
-#endif
-
 #ifdef _LIBC
 # define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
-# define HAVE_LOCALTIME_R 1
 # define STDC_HEADERS 1
 #endif

@@ -63,7 +55,7 @@
 #endif /* DEBUG */

 #ifndef __P
-# if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+# if defined __GNUC__ || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
 #  define __P(args) args
 # else
 #  define __P(args) ()
@@ -115,26 +107,15 @@ const unsigned short int __mon_yday[2][13] =
    { 0, 31, 60, 91, 121, 152, 182, 213, 244, 274, 305, 335, 366 }
  };

-static struct tm *ranged_convert __P ((struct tm *(*) __P ((const time_t *,
-							    struct tm *)),
-				       time_t *, struct tm *));
-static time_t ydhms_tm_diff __P ((int, int, int, int, int, const struct tm *));
-time_t __mktime_internal __P ((struct tm *,
-			       struct tm *(*) (const time_t *, struct tm *),
-			       time_t *));
-

 #ifdef _LIBC
-# define localtime_r __localtime_r
+# define my_mktime_localtime_r __localtime_r
 #else
-# if ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && ! defined localtime_r
-/* Approximate localtime_r as best we can in its absence.  */
-#  define localtime_r my_mktime_localtime_r
-static struct tm *localtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
+/* If we're a mktime substitute in a GNU program, then prefer
+   localtime to localtime_r, since many localtime_r implementations
+   are buggy.  */
 static struct tm *
-localtime_r (t, tp)
-     const time_t *t;
-     struct tm *tp;
+my_mktime_localtime_r (const time_t *t, struct tm *tp)
 {
  struct tm *l = localtime (t);
  if (! l)
@@ -142,7 +123,6 @@ localtime_r (t, tp)
  *tp = *l;
  return tp;
 }
-# endif /* ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && ! defined (localtime_r) */
 #endif /* ! _LIBC */


@@ -153,9 +133,8 @@ localtime_r (t, tp)
   If TP is null, return a nonzero value.
   If overflow occurs, yield the low order bits of the correct answer.  */
 static time_t
-ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, tp)
-     int year, yday, hour, min, sec;
-     const struct tm *tp;
+ydhms_tm_diff (int year, int yday, int hour, int min, int sec,
+	       const struct tm *tp)
 {
  if (!tp)
    return 1;
@@ -182,32 +161,12 @@ ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, tp)
    }
 }

-
-static time_t localtime_offset;
-
-/* Convert *TP to a time_t value.  */
-time_t
-mktime (tp)
-     struct tm *tp;
-{
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever mktime() is called, the
-     time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
-     be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
-  __tzset ();
-#endif
-
-  return __mktime_internal (tp, localtime_r, &localtime_offset);
-}
-
 /* Use CONVERT to convert *T to a broken down time in *TP.
   If *T is out of range for conversion, adjust it so that
   it is the nearest in-range value and then convert that.  */
 static struct tm *
-ranged_convert (convert, t, tp)
-     struct tm *(*convert) __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
-     time_t *t;
-     struct tm *tp;
+ranged_convert (struct tm *(*convert) (const time_t *, struct tm *),
+		time_t *t, struct tm *tp)
 {
  struct tm *r;

@@ -254,19 +213,18 @@ ranged_convert (convert, t, tp)
   compared to what the result would be for UTC without leap seconds.
   If *OFFSET's guess is correct, only one CONVERT call is needed.  */
 time_t
-__mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
-     struct tm *tp;
-     struct tm *(*convert) __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
-     time_t *offset;
+__mktime_internal (struct tm *tp,
+		   struct tm *(*convert) (const time_t *, struct tm *),
+		   time_t *offset)
 {
-  time_t t, dt, t0;
+  time_t t, dt, t0, t1, t2;
  struct tm tm;

  /* The maximum number of probes (calls to CONVERT) should be enough
     to handle any combinations of time zone rule changes, solar time,
-     and leap seconds.  POSIX.1 prohibits leap seconds, but some hosts
-     have them anyway.  */
-  int remaining_probes = 4;
+     leap seconds, and oscillations around a spring-forward gap.
+     POSIX.1 prohibits leap seconds, but some hosts have them anyway.  */
+  int remaining_probes = 6;

  /* Time requested.  Copy it in case CONVERT modifies *TP; this can
     occur if TP is localtime's returned value and CONVERT is localtime.  */
@@ -312,36 +270,52 @@ __mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
  tm.tm_yday = tm.tm_hour = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_sec = 0;
  t0 = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, &tm);

-  for (t = t0 + *offset;
+  for (t = t1 = t2 = t0 + *offset;
       (dt = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
 			    ranged_convert (convert, &t, &tm)));
-       t += dt)
-    if (--remaining_probes == 0)
+       t1 = t2, t2 = t, t += dt)
+    if (t == t1 && t != t2
+	&& (isdst < 0 || tm.tm_isdst < 0
+	    || (isdst != 0) != (tm.tm_isdst != 0)))
+      /* We can't possibly find a match, as we are oscillating
+	 between two values.  The requested time probably falls
+	 within a spring-forward gap of size DT.  Follow the common
+	 practice in this case, which is to return a time that is DT
+	 away from the requested time, preferring a time whose
+	 tm_isdst differs from the requested value.  In practice,
+	 this is more useful than returning -1.  */
+      break;
+    else if (--remaining_probes == 0)
      return -1;

-  /* Check whether tm.tm_isdst has the requested value, if any.  */
-  if (0 <= isdst && 0 <= tm.tm_isdst)
+  /* If we have a match, check whether tm.tm_isdst has the requested
+     value, if any.  */
+  if (dt == 0 && isdst != tm.tm_isdst && 0 <= isdst && 0 <= tm.tm_isdst)
    {
-      int dst_diff = (isdst != 0) - (tm.tm_isdst != 0);
-      if (dst_diff)
+      /* tm.tm_isdst has the wrong value.  Look for a neighboring
+	 time with the right value, and use its UTC offset.
+	 Heuristic: probe the previous three calendar quarters (approximately),
+	 looking for the desired isdst.  This isn't perfect,
+	 but it's good enough in practice.  */
+      int quarter = 7889238; /* seconds per average 1/4 Gregorian year */
+      int i;
+
+      /* If we're too close to the time_t limit, look in future quarters.  */
+      if (t < TIME_T_MIN + 3 * quarter)
+	quarter = -quarter;
+
+      for (i = 1; i <= 3; i++)
 	{
-	  /* Move two hours in the direction indicated by the disagreement,
-	     probe some more, and switch to a new time if found.
-	     The largest known fallback due to daylight savings is two hours:
-	     once, in Newfoundland, 1988-10-30 02:00 -> 00:00.  */
-	  time_t ot = t - 2 * 60 * 60 * dst_diff;
-	  while (--remaining_probes != 0)
+	  time_t ot = t - i * quarter;
+	  struct tm otm;
+	  ranged_convert (convert, &ot, &otm);
+	  if (otm.tm_isdst == isdst)
 	    {
-	      struct tm otm;
-	      if (! (dt = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
-					 ranged_convert (convert, &ot, &otm))))
-		{
-		  t = ot;
-		  tm = otm;
-		  break;
-		}
-	      if ((ot += dt) == t)
-		break;  /* Avoid a redundant probe.  */
+	      /* We found the desired tm_isdst.
+		 Extrapolate back to the desired time.  */
+	      t = ot + ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, &otm);
+	      ranged_convert (convert, &t, &tm);
+	      break;
 	    }
 	}
    }
@@ -387,6 +361,24 @@ __mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
  return t;
 }

+
+static time_t localtime_offset;
+
+/* Convert *TP to a time_t value.  */
+time_t
+mktime (tp)
+     struct tm *tp;
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever mktime() is called, the
+     time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
+     be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
+  __tzset ();
+#endif
+
+  return __mktime_internal (tp, my_mktime_localtime_r, &localtime_offset);
+}
+
 #ifdef weak_alias
 weak_alias (mktime, timelocal)
 #endif
@@ -531,6 +523,6 @@ main (argc, argv)

 /*
 Local Variables:
-compile-command: "gcc -DDEBUG -D__EXTENSIONS__ -DHAVE_LIMITS_H -DHAVE_LOCALTIME_R -DSTDC_HEADERS -Wall -W -O -g mktime.c -o mktime"
+compile-command: "gcc -DDEBUG -DHAVE_LIMITS_H -DSTDC_HEADERS -Wall -W -O -g mktime.c -o mktime"
 End:
 */
--- a/lib/modechange.c
+++ b/lib/modechange.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* modechange.c -- file mode manipulation
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,14 +28,14 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
 #include "modechange.h"
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include "xstrtol.h"

 #if STDC_HEADERS
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #else
-char *malloc;
+char *malloc ();
 #endif

 #ifndef NULL
@@ -50,26 +50,93 @@ char *malloc;
 # define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif

+#ifndef S_ISUID
+# define S_ISUID 04000
+#endif
+#ifndef S_ISGID
+# define S_ISGID 04000
+#endif
+#ifndef S_ISVTX
+# define S_ISVTX 01000
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IRUSR
+# define S_IRUSR 0400
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IWUSR
+# define S_IWUSR 0200
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IXUSR
+# define S_IXUSR 0100
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IRGRP
+# define S_IRGRP 0040
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IWGRP
+# define S_IWGRP 0020
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IXGRP
+# define S_IXGRP 0010
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IROTH
+# define S_IROTH 0004
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IWOTH
+# define S_IWOTH 0002
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IXOTH
+# define S_IXOTH 0001
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IRWXU
+# define S_IRWXU 0700
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IRWXG
+# define S_IRWXG 0070
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IRWXO
+# define S_IRWXO 0007
+#endif
+
+/* All the mode bits that can be affected by chmod.  */
+#define CHMOD_MODE_BITS \
+  (S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX | S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO)
+
 /* Return newly allocated memory to hold one element of type TYPE. */
 #define talloc(type) ((type *) malloc (sizeof (type)))

-#define isodigit(c) ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '7')
+/* Create a mode_change entry with the specified `=ddd'-style
+   mode change operation, where NEW_MODE is `ddd'.  Return the
+   new entry, or NULL upon failure.  */

-/* Return a positive integer containing the value of the ASCII
-   octal number S.  If S is not an octal number, return -1.  */
-
-static int
-oatoi (const char *s)
+static struct mode_change *
+make_node_op_equals (mode_t new_mode)
 {
-  register int i;
+  struct mode_change *p;
+  p = talloc (struct mode_change);
+  if (p == NULL)
+    return p;
+  p->next = NULL;
+  p->op = '=';
+  p->flags = 0;
+  p->value = new_mode;
+  p->affected = CHMOD_MODE_BITS;	/* Affect all permissions. */
+  return p;
+}

-  if (*s == 0)
-    return -1;
-  for (i = 0; isodigit (*s); ++s)
-    i = i * 8 + *s - '0';
-  if (*s)
-    return -1;
-  return i;
+/* Append entry E to the end of the link list with the specified
+   HEAD and TAIL.  */
+
+static void
+mode_append_entry (struct mode_change **head,
+		   struct mode_change **tail,
+		   struct mode_change *e)
+{
+  if (*head == NULL)
+    *head = *tail = e;
+  else
+    {
+      (*tail)->next = e;
+      *tail = e;
+    }
 }

 /* Return a linked list of file mode change operations created from
@@ -89,41 +156,44 @@ struct mode_change *
 mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
 {
  struct mode_change *head;	/* First element of the linked list. */
-  struct mode_change *change;	/* An element of the linked list. */
-  int i;			/* General purpose temporary. */
-  int umask_value;		/* The umask value (surprise). */
-  unsigned short affected_bits;	/* Which bits in the mode are operated on. */
-  unsigned short affected_masked; /* `affected_bits' modified by umask. */
-  unsigned ops_to_mask;		/* Operators to actually use umask on. */
+  struct mode_change *tail;	/* An element of the linked list. */
+  unsigned long mode_value;	/* The mode value, if octal.  */
+  char *string_end;		/* Pointer to end of parsed value.  */
+  mode_t umask_value;		/* The umask value (surprise). */

-  i = oatoi (mode_string);
-  if (i >= 0)
+  head = NULL;
+#ifdef lint
+  tail = NULL;
+#endif
+
+  if (xstrtoul (mode_string, &string_end, 8, &mode_value, "") == LONGINT_OK)
    {
-      if (i > 07777)
+      struct mode_change *p;
+      if (mode_value > CHMOD_MODE_BITS)
 	return MODE_INVALID;
-      head = talloc (struct mode_change);
-      if (head == NULL)
+      p = make_node_op_equals ((mode_t) mode_value);
+      if (p == NULL)
 	return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-      head->next = NULL;
-      head->op = '=';
-      head->flags = 0;
-      head->value = i;
-      head->affected = 07777;	/* Affect all permissions. */
+      mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, p);
      return head;
    }

  umask_value = umask (0);
  umask (umask_value);		/* Restore the old value. */
-
-  head = NULL;
-#ifdef lint
-  change = NULL;
-#endif
  --mode_string;

  /* One loop iteration for each "ugoa...=+-rwxXstugo...[=+-rwxXstugo...]". */
  do
    {
+      /* Which bits in the mode are operated on. */
+      mode_t affected_bits = 0;
+      /* `affected_bits' modified by umask. */
+      mode_t affected_masked;
+      /* Operators to actually use umask on. */
+      unsigned ops_to_mask = 0;
+
+      int who_specified_p;
+
      affected_bits = 0;
      ops_to_mask = 0;
      /* Turn on all the bits in `affected_bits' for each group given. */
@@ -131,16 +201,16 @@ mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
 	switch (*mode_string)
 	  {
 	  case 'u':
-	    affected_bits |= 04700;
+	    affected_bits |= S_ISUID | S_IRWXU;
 	    break;
 	  case 'g':
-	    affected_bits |= 02070;
+	    affected_bits |= S_ISGID | S_IRWXG;
 	    break;
 	  case 'o':
-	    affected_bits |= 01007;
+	    affected_bits |= S_ISVTX | S_IRWXO;
 	    break;
 	  case 'a':
-	    affected_bits |= 07777;
+	    affected_bits |= CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
 	    break;
 	  default:
 	    goto no_more_affected;
@@ -149,37 +219,39 @@ mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
    no_more_affected:
      /* If none specified, affect all bits, except perhaps those
 	 set in the umask. */
-      if (affected_bits == 0)
+      if (affected_bits)
+	who_specified_p = 1;
+      else
 	{
-	  affected_bits = 07777;
+	  who_specified_p = 0;
+	  affected_bits = CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
 	  ops_to_mask = masked_ops;
 	}

      while (*mode_string == '=' || *mode_string == '+' || *mode_string == '-')
 	{
-	  /* Add the element to the tail of the list, so the operations
-	     are performed in the correct order. */
-	  if (head == NULL)
+	  struct mode_change *change = talloc (struct mode_change);
+	  if (change == NULL)
 	    {
-	      head = talloc (struct mode_change);
-	      if (head == NULL)
-		return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-	      change = head;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      change->next = talloc (struct mode_change);
-	      if (change->next == NULL)
-		{
-		  mode_free (change);
-		  return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-		}
-	      change = change->next;
+	      mode_free (head);
+	      return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
 	    }

 	  change->next = NULL;
 	  change->op = *mode_string;	/* One of "=+-". */
 	  affected_masked = affected_bits;
+
+	  /* Per the Single Unix Spec, if `who' is not specified and the
+	     `=' operator is used, then clear all the bits first.  */
+	  if (!who_specified_p &&
+	      ops_to_mask & (*mode_string == '=' ? MODE_MASK_EQUALS : 0))
+	    {
+	      struct mode_change *p = make_node_op_equals (0);
+	      if (p == NULL)
+		return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
+	      mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, p);
+	    }
+
 	  if (ops_to_mask & (*mode_string == '=' ? MODE_MASK_EQUALS
 			     : *mode_string == '+' ? MODE_MASK_PLUS
 			     : MODE_MASK_MINUS))
@@ -188,36 +260,43 @@ mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
 	  change->value = 0;
 	  change->flags = 0;

+	  /* Add the element to the tail of the list, so the operations
+	     are performed in the correct order. */
+	  mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, change);
+
 	  /* Set `value' according to the bits set in `affected_masked'. */
 	  for (++mode_string;; ++mode_string)
 	    switch (*mode_string)
 	      {
 	      case 'r':
-		change->value |= 00444 & affected_masked;
+		change->value |= ((S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH)
+				  & affected_masked);
 		break;
 	      case 'w':
-		change->value |= 00222 & affected_masked;
+		change->value |= ((S_IWUSR | S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH)
+				  & affected_masked);
 		break;
 	      case 'X':
 		change->flags |= MODE_X_IF_ANY_X;
 		/* Fall through. */
 	      case 'x':
-		change->value |= 00111 & affected_masked;
+		change->value |= ((S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)
+				  & affected_masked);
 		break;
 	      case 's':
 		/* Set the setuid/gid bits if `u' or `g' is selected. */
-		change->value |= 06000 & affected_masked;
+		change->value |= (S_ISUID | S_ISGID) & affected_masked;
 		break;
 	      case 't':
 		/* Set the "save text image" bit if `o' is selected. */
-		change->value |= 01000 & affected_masked;
+		change->value |= S_ISVTX & affected_masked;
 		break;
 	      case 'u':
 		/* Set the affected bits to the value of the `u' bits
 		   on the same file.  */
 		if (change->value)
 		  goto invalid;
-		change->value = 00700;
+		change->value = S_IRWXU;
 		change->flags |= MODE_COPY_EXISTING;
 		break;
 	      case 'g':
@@ -225,7 +304,7 @@ mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
 		   on the same file.  */
 		if (change->value)
 		  goto invalid;
-		change->value = 00070;
+		change->value = S_IRWXG;
 		change->flags |= MODE_COPY_EXISTING;
 		break;
 	      case 'o':
@@ -233,7 +312,7 @@ mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
 		   on the same file.  */
 		if (change->value)
 		  goto invalid;
-		change->value = 00007;
+		change->value = S_IRWXO;
 		change->flags |= MODE_COPY_EXISTING;
 		break;
 	      default:
@@ -268,7 +347,7 @@ mode_create_from_ref (const char *ref_file)

  change->op = '=';
  change->flags = 0;
-  change->affected = 07777;
+  change->affected = CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
  change->value = ref_stats.st_mode;
  change->next = NULL;

@@ -280,13 +359,13 @@ mode_create_from_ref (const char *ref_file)
   change affects it even if no execute bits were set in OLDMODE.
   The returned value has the S_IFMT bits cleared. */

-unsigned short
-mode_adjust (unsigned int oldmode, const struct mode_change *changes)
+mode_t
+mode_adjust (mode_t oldmode, const struct mode_change *changes)
 {
-  unsigned short newmode;	/* The adjusted mode and one operand. */
-  unsigned short value;		/* The other operand. */
+  mode_t newmode;	/* The adjusted mode and one operand. */
+  mode_t value;		/* The other operand. */

-  newmode = oldmode & 07777;
+  newmode = oldmode & CHMOD_MODE_BITS;

  for (; changes; changes = changes->next)
    {
@@ -296,15 +375,21 @@ mode_adjust (unsigned int oldmode, const struct mode_change *changes)
 	     the mask `changes->value'. */
 	  value = newmode & changes->value;

-	  if (changes->value & 00700)
+	  if (changes->value & S_IRWXU)
 	    /* Copy `u' permissions onto `g' and `o'. */
-	    value |= (value >> 3) | (value >> 6);
-	  else if (changes->value & 00070)
+	    value |= ((value & S_IRUSR ? S_IRGRP | S_IROTH : 0)
+		      | (value & S_IWUSR ? S_IWGRP | S_IROTH : 0)
+		      | (value & S_IXUSR ? S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH : 0));
+	  else if (changes->value & S_IRWXG)
 	    /* Copy `g' permissions onto `u' and `o'. */
-	    value |= (value << 3) | (value >> 3);
+	    value |= ((value & S_IRGRP ? S_IRUSR | S_IROTH : 0)
+		      | (value & S_IWGRP ? S_IWUSR | S_IROTH : 0)
+		      | (value & S_IXGRP ? S_IXUSR | S_IXOTH : 0));
 	  else
 	    /* Copy `o' permissions onto `u' and `g'. */
-	    value |= (value << 3) | (value << 6);
+	    value |= ((value & S_IROTH ? S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP : 0)
+		      | (value & S_IWOTH ? S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP : 0)
+		      | (value & S_IXOTH ? S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP : 0));

 	  /* In order to change only `u', `g', or `o' permissions,
 	     or some combination thereof, clear unselected bits.
@@ -320,8 +405,9 @@ mode_adjust (unsigned int oldmode, const struct mode_change *changes)
 	     directory and no execute bits are already set. */
 	  if ((changes->flags & MODE_X_IF_ANY_X)
 	      && !S_ISDIR (oldmode)
-	      && (newmode & 00111) == 0)
-	    value &= ~00111;	/* Clear the execute bits. */
+	      && (newmode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)) == 0)
+	    /* Clear the execute bits. */
+	    value &= ~ (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH);
 	}

      switch (changes->op)
--- a/lib/modechange.h
+++ b/lib/modechange.h
@@ -20,6 +20,12 @@
 #if ! defined MODECHANGE_H_
 # define MODECHANGE_H_

+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
 /* Affect the execute bits only if at least one execute bit is set already,
   or if the file is a directory. */
 # define MODE_X_IF_ANY_X 01
@@ -33,8 +39,8 @@ struct mode_change
 {
  char op;			/* One of "=+-". */
  char flags;			/* Special operations. */
-  unsigned short affected;	/* Set for u/g/o/s/s/t, if to be affected. */
-  unsigned short value;		/* Bits to add/remove. */
+  mode_t affected;		/* Set for u/g/o/s/s/t, if to be affected. */
+  mode_t value;			/* Bits to add/remove. */
  struct mode_change *next;	/* Link to next change in list. */
 };

@@ -59,7 +65,7 @@ struct mode_change

 struct mode_change *mode_compile PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned));
 struct mode_change *mode_create_from_ref PARAMS ((const char *));
-unsigned short mode_adjust PARAMS ((unsigned, const struct mode_change *));
+mode_t mode_adjust PARAMS ((mode_t, const struct mode_change *));
 void mode_free PARAMS ((struct mode_change *));

 #endif
--- a/lib/path-concat.c
+++ b/lib/path-concat.c
@@ -42,10 +42,7 @@ char *malloc ();
   BASE in the returned concatenation.  */

 char *
-path_concat (dir, base, base_in_result)
-     const char *dir;
-     const char *base;
-     char **base_in_result;
+path_concat (const char *dir, const char *base, char **base_in_result)
 {
  char *p;
  char *p_concat;
--- a/lib/posixtm.c
+++ b/lib/posixtm.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Parse dates for touch.
+/* Parse dates for touch and date.
   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1998 Free Software Foundation Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ posix_time_parse (const char *s, unsigned int syntax_bits)
  const char *dot = NULL;
  int pair[6];
  int *p;
-  int i;
+  unsigned int i;

  size_t s_len = strlen (s);
  size_t len = (((syntax_bits & PDS_SECONDS) && (dot = strchr (s, '.')))
--- a/lib/posixtm.h
+++ b/lib/posixtm.h
@@ -7,10 +7,18 @@
 # define PDS_CENTURY 4
 # define PDS_SECONDS 8

+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
 time_t
-posixtime (const char *s, unsigned int syntax_bits);
+posixtime PARAMS ((const char *s, unsigned int syntax_bits));

 struct tm *
-posixtm (const char *s, unsigned int syntax_bits);
+posixtm PARAMS ((const char *s, unsigned int syntax_bits));

 #endif
--- a/lib/posixtm.y
+++ b/lib/posixtm.y
@@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
-/* Parse dates for touch.
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Jim Kingdon and David MacKenzie. */
-%{
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-/* The following block of alloca-related preprocessor directives is here
-   solely to allow compilation by non GNU-C compilers of the C parser
-   produced from this file by old versions of bison.  Newer versions of
-   bison include a block similar to this one in bison.simple.  */
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#define alloca __builtin_alloca
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
-#include <alloca.h>
-#else
-#ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-#else
-void *alloca ();
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifdef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#else
-#include <time.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Some old versions of bison generate parsers that use bcopy.
-   That loses on systems that don't provide the function, so we have
-   to redefine it here.  */
-#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY) && defined (HAVE_MEMCPY) && !defined (bcopy)
-#define bcopy(from, to, len) memcpy ((to), (from), (len))
-#endif
-
-#define YYDEBUG 1
-
-/* Lexical analyzer's current scan position in the input string. */
-static char *curpos;
-
-/* The return value. */
-static struct tm t;
-
-time_t mktime ();
-
-/* Remap normal yacc parser interface names (yyparse, yylex, yyerror, etc),
-   as well as gratuitiously global symbol names, so we can have multiple
-   yacc generated parsers in the same program.  Note that these are only
-   the variables produced by yacc.  If other parser generators (bison,
-   byacc, etc) produce additional global names that conflict at link time,
-   then those parser generators need to be fixed instead of adding those
-   names to this list. */
-
-#define yymaxdepth pt_maxdepth
-#define yyparse pt_parse
-#define yylex   pt_lex
-#define yyerror pt_error
-#define yylval  pt_lval
-#define yychar  pt_char
-#define yydebug pt_debug
-#define yypact  pt_pact
-#define yyr1    pt_r1
-#define yyr2    pt_r2
-#define yydef   pt_def
-#define yychk   pt_chk
-#define yypgo   pt_pgo
-#define yyact   pt_act
-#define yyexca  pt_exca
-#define yyerrflag pt_errflag
-#define yynerrs pt_nerrs
-#define yyps    pt_ps
-#define yypv    pt_pv
-#define yys     pt_s
-#define yy_yys  pt_yys
-#define yystate pt_state
-#define yytmp   pt_tmp
-#define yyv     pt_v
-#define yy_yyv  pt_yyv
-#define yyval   pt_val
-#define yylloc  pt_lloc
-#define yyreds  pt_reds          /* With YYDEBUG defined */
-#define yytoks  pt_toks          /* With YYDEBUG defined */
-#define yylhs   pt_yylhs
-#define yylen   pt_yylen
-#define yydefred pt_yydefred
-#define yydgoto pt_yydgoto
-#define yysindex pt_yysindex
-#define yyrindex pt_yyrindex
-#define yygindex pt_yygindex
-#define yytable  pt_yytable
-#define yycheck  pt_yycheck
-
-static int yylex ();
-static int yyerror ();
-
-%}
-
-%token DIGIT
-
-%%
-date :
-       digitpair /* month */
-       digitpair /* day */
-       digitpair /* hours */
-       digitpair /* minutes */
-       year
-       seconds {
-	         if ($1 >= 1 && $1 <= 12)
-		   t.tm_mon = $1 - 1;
-		 else {
-		   YYABORT;
-		 }
-		 if ($2 >= 1 && $2 <= 31)
-		   t.tm_mday = $2;
-		 else {
-		   YYABORT;
-		 }
-		 if ($3 >= 0 && $3 <= 23)
-		   t.tm_hour = $3;
-		 else {
-		   YYABORT;
-		 }
-		 if ($4 >= 0 && $4 <= 59)
-		   t.tm_min = $4;
-		 else {
-		   YYABORT;
-		 }
-	       }
-
-year : digitpair {
-                   t.tm_year = $1;
-		   /* Deduce the century based on the year.
-		      See POSIX.2 section 4.63.3.  */
-		   if ($1 <= 68)
-		     t.tm_year += 100;
-		 }
-    | digitpair digitpair {
-                            t.tm_year = $1 * 100 + $2;
-			    if (t.tm_year < 1900) {
-			      YYABORT;
-			    } else
-			      t.tm_year -= 1900;
-			  }
-    | /* empty */ {
-                    time_t now;
-		    struct tm *tmp;
-
-                    /* Use current year.  */
-                    time (&now);
-		    tmp = localtime (&now);
-		    t.tm_year = tmp->tm_year;
-		  }
-    ;
-
-seconds : /* empty */ {
-                        t.tm_sec = 0;
-		      }
-        | '.' digitpair {
-	                  if ($2 >= 0 && $2 <= 61)
-			    t.tm_sec = $2;
-			  else {
-			    YYABORT;
-			  }
-			}
-        ;
-
-digitpair : DIGIT DIGIT {
-                          $$ = $1 * 10 + $2;
-			}
-          ;
-%%
-static int
-yylex ()
-{
-  char ch = *curpos++;
-
-  if (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9')
-    {
-      yylval = ch - '0';
-      return DIGIT;
-    }
-  else if (ch == '.' || ch == 0)
-    return ch;
-  else
-    return '?';			/* Cause an error.  */
-}
-
-static int
-yyerror ()
-{
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Parse a POSIX-style date and return it, or (time_t)-1 for an error.  */
-
-time_t
-posixtime (s)
-     char *s;
-{
-  curpos = s;
-  /* Let mktime decide whether it is daylight savings time.  */
-  t.tm_isdst = -1;
-  if (yyparse ())
-    return (time_t)-1;
-  else
-    return mktime (&t);
-}
-
-/* Parse a POSIX-style date and return it, or NULL for an error.  */
-
-struct tm *
-posixtm (s)
-     char *s;
-{
-  if (posixtime (s) == -1)
-    return NULL;
-  return &t;
-}
--- a/lib/putenv.c
+++ b/lib/putenv.c
@@ -23,16 +23,15 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-/* Disable the definition of putenv to rpl_putenv (from config.h) in this
-   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_putenv on
-   systems like Irix 5.3.  */
-#undef putenv
-
 #include <sys/types.h>

-#if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
+/* Don't include stdlib.h because some (e.g., Solaris 2.7) declare putenv
+   with a non-const argument.  That would conflict with the declaration of
+   rpl_putenv below (due to the #define putenv rpl_putenv from config.h).  */
+
+char *malloc ();
+void free ();
+
 #if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
 # include <string.h>
 #endif
@@ -60,8 +59,7 @@ extern char **environ;

 /* Put STRING, which is of the form "NAME=VALUE", in the environment.  */
 int
-rpl_putenv (string)
-     const char *string;
+rpl_putenv (const char *string)
 {
  const char *const name_end = strchr (string, '=');
  register size_t size;
--- a/lib/quotearg.c
+++ b/lib/quotearg.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
-   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -71,7 +71,22 @@ struct quoting_options
 /* Names of quoting styles.  */
 char const *const quoting_style_args[] =
 {
-  "literal", "shell", "shell-always", "c", "escape", 0
+  "literal",
+  "shell",
+  "shell-always",
+  "c",
+  "escape",
+  0
+};
+
+/* Correspondances to quoting style names.  */
+enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[] =
+{
+  literal_quoting_style,
+  shell_quoting_style,
+  shell_always_quoting_style,
+  c_quoting_style,
+  escape_quoting_style
 };

 /* The default quoting options.  */
@@ -151,7 +166,7 @@ quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
  switch (quoting_style)
    {
    case shell_quoting_style:
-      if (! (argsize == -1 ? arg[0] == '\0' : argsize == 0))
+      if (! (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[0] == '\0' : argsize == 0))
 	{
 	  switch (arg[0])
 	    {
@@ -162,7 +177,7 @@ quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
 	      len = 0;
 	      for (i = 0; ; i++)
 		{
-		  if (argsize == -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize)
+		  if (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize)
 		    goto done;

 		  c = arg[i];
@@ -209,7 +224,7 @@ quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
  if (quote_mark)
    STORE (quote_mark);

-  for (i = 0;  ! (argsize == -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize);  i++)
+  for (i = 0;  ! (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize);  i++)
    {
      c = arg[i];

@@ -243,11 +258,6 @@ quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
 	    case '\t': c = 't'; goto store_escape;
 	    case '\v': c = 'v'; goto store_escape;

-	    case ' ':
-	      if (quoting_style == escape_quoting_style)
-		goto store_escape;
-	      break;
-
 	    case '"':
 	      if (quoting_style == c_quoting_style)
 		goto store_escape;
@@ -258,8 +268,8 @@ quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
 		{
 		  STORE ('\\');
 		  STORE ('0' + (c >> 6));
-		  STORE ('0' + ((c >> 3) & 3));
-		  c = '0' + (c & 3);
+		  STORE ('0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
+		  c = '0' + (c & 7);
 		  goto store_c;
 		}
 	      break;
@@ -289,11 +299,13 @@ quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
   OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
   The returned value points to static storage that can be
   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
-   N must be nonnegative.  */
+   N must be nonnegative.  N is deliberately declared with type `int'
+   to allow for future extensions (using negative values).  */
 static char *
-quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg, struct quoting_options *options)
+quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg,
+		    struct quoting_options const *options)
 {
-  static unsigned nslots;
+  static unsigned int nslots;
  static struct slotvec
    {
      size_t size;
@@ -328,7 +340,7 @@ quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg, struct quoting_options *options)
 }

 char *
-quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg)
+quotearg_n (unsigned int n, char const *arg)
 {
  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, &default_quoting_options);
 }
--- a/lib/quotearg.h
+++ b/lib/quotearg.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
-   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -33,8 +33,9 @@ enum quoting_style
 # define DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE literal_quoting_style
 #endif

-/* Names of quoting styles.  */
+/* Names of quoting styles and their corresponding values.  */
 extern char const *const quoting_style_args[];
+extern enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[];

 struct quoting_options;

@@ -87,9 +88,9 @@ size_t quotearg_buffer PARAMS ((char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
   The returned value points to static storage that can be
   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
   N must be nonnegative.  */
-char *quotearg_n PARAMS ((int n, char const *arg));
+char *quotearg_n PARAMS ((unsigned int n, char const *arg));

-/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (ARG, 0).  */
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (0, ARG).  */
 char *quotearg PARAMS ((char const *arg));

 /* Like quotearg (ARG), except also quote any instances of CH.  */
--- a/lib/readtokens.c
+++ b/lib/readtokens.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* readtokens.c  -- Functions for reading tokens from an input stream.
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1991 Jim Meyering.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1991, 1999 Jim Meyering.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -77,11 +77,10 @@ init_tokenbuffer (tokenbuffer)
   and on files that aren't newline-terminated.  */

 long
-readtoken (stream, delim, n_delim, tokenbuffer)
-     FILE *stream;
-     const char *delim;
-     int n_delim;
-     token_buffer *tokenbuffer;
+readtoken (FILE *stream,
+	   const char *delim,
+	   int n_delim,
+	   token_buffer *tokenbuffer)
 {
  char *p;
  int c, i, n;
@@ -164,14 +163,12 @@ readtoken (stream, delim, n_delim, tokenbuffer)
   %%% realloc() of `tokens' just before returning? */

 int
-readtokens (stream, projected_n_tokens, delim, n_delim,
-	    tokens_out, token_lengths)
-     FILE *stream;
-     int projected_n_tokens;
-     const char *delim;
-     int n_delim;
-     char ***tokens_out;
-     long **token_lengths;
+readtokens (FILE *stream,
+	    int projected_n_tokens,
+	    const char *delim,
+	    int n_delim,
+	    char ***tokens_out,
+	    long **token_lengths)
 {
  token_buffer tb, *token = &tb;
  int token_length;
--- a/lib/readutmp.c
+++ b/lib/readutmp.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* GNU's read utmp module.
-   Copyright (C) 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1992-1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@

 #include <config.h>

+#include <stdio.h>
+
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
 # include <string.h>
@@ -29,6 +31,7 @@
 #include "readutmp.h"

 char *xmalloc ();
+char *realloc ();

 /* Copy UT->ut_name into storage obtained from malloc.  Then remove any
   trailing spaces from the copy, NUL terminate it, and return the copy.  */
@@ -49,70 +52,42 @@ extract_trimmed_name (const STRUCT_UTMP *ut)
  return trimmed_name;
 }

-/* Read the utmp file FILENAME into *UTMP_BUF, set *N_ENTRIES to the
-   number of entries read, and return zero.  If there is any error,
+/* Read the utmp entries corresponding to file FILENAME into freshly-
+   malloc'd storage, set *UTMP_BUF to that pointer, set *N_ENTRIES to
+   the number of entries, and return zero.  If there is any error,
   return non-zero and don't modify the parameters.  */

-#ifdef HAVE_UTMPNAME
+#if HAVE_UTMPNAME

 int
 read_utmp (const char *filename, int *n_entries, STRUCT_UTMP **utmp_buf)
 {
-  int count_utmp = 0;
  int n_read;
  STRUCT_UTMP *u;
-  STRUCT_UTMP *uptr;
-  STRUCT_UTMP *utmp_contents;
+  STRUCT_UTMP *utmp = NULL;

-  if (utmpname (filename))
-    {
-      return 1;
-    }
+  /* Ignore the return value for now.
+     Solaris' utmpname returns 1 upon success -- which is contrary
+     to what the GNU libc version does.  In addition, older GNU libc
+     versions are actually void.   */
+  UTMP_NAME_FUNCTION (filename);

-  /* FIXME: going through the list twice is wasteful. */
-
-  /* count the entries in utmp */
-  setutent ();
-  while ((u = getutent ()) != NULL)
-    ++count_utmp;
-
-  if (count_utmp == 0)
-    return 0;
-
-  utmp_contents = (STRUCT_UTMP *) xmalloc (count_utmp * sizeof (STRUCT_UTMP));
-
-  /* read the entries in utmp */
-
-  /* FIXME: can this fail? */
-  setutent ();
+  SET_UTMP_ENT ();

  n_read = 0;
-  uptr = utmp_contents;
-  while ((u = getutent ()) != NULL)
+  while ((u = GET_UTMP_ENT ()) != NULL)
    {
      ++n_read;
-      if (n_read > count_utmp)
-	{
-	  STRUCT_UTMP *old_utmp_contents = utmp_contents;
-	  ++count_utmp;
-	  utmp_contents = (STRUCT_UTMP *) xrealloc (utmp_contents,
-						    (count_utmp
-						     * sizeof (STRUCT_UTMP)));
-	  uptr = utmp_contents + (uptr - old_utmp_contents);
-	}
-      *uptr = *u;
-      ++uptr;
+      utmp = (STRUCT_UTMP *) realloc (utmp, n_read * sizeof (STRUCT_UTMP));
+      if (utmp == NULL)
+	return 1;
+      utmp[n_read - 1] = *u;
    }

-  if (n_read != count_utmp)
-    utmp_contents = (STRUCT_UTMP *) xrealloc (utmp_contents,
-					      n_read * sizeof (STRUCT_UTMP));
-
-  /* FIXME: can this fail? */
-  endutent ();
+  END_UTMP_ENT ();

  *n_entries = n_read;
-  *utmp_buf = utmp_contents;
+  *utmp_buf = utmp;

  return 0;
 }
--- a/lib/readutmp.h
+++ b/lib/readutmp.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Declarations for GNU's read utmp module.
-   Copyright (C) 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1992-1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,17 +28,24 @@
 #  endif
 # endif

-# include <stdio.h>
 # include <sys/types.h>

 # ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
 #  include <utmpx.h>
 #  define UTMP_STRUCT_NAME utmpx
 #  define UT_TIME_MEMBER(UT_PTR) ((UT_PTR)->ut_tv.tv_sec)
+#  define SET_UTMP_ENT setutxent
+#  define GET_UTMP_ENT getutxent
+#  define END_UTMP_ENT endutxent
+#  define UTMP_NAME_FUNCTION utmpxname
 # else
 #  include <utmp.h>
 #  define UTMP_STRUCT_NAME utmp
 #  define UT_TIME_MEMBER(UT_PTR) ((UT_PTR)->ut_time)
+#  define SET_UTMP_ENT setutent
+#  define GET_UTMP_ENT getutent
+#  define END_UTMP_ENT endutent
+#  define UTMP_NAME_FUNCTION utmpname
 # endif

 typedef struct UTMP_STRUCT_NAME STRUCT_UTMP;
--- a/lib/regex.c
+++ b/lib/regex.c
@@ -4,23 +4,20 @@
   internationalization features.)
   Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.

-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 /* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file. */
 #if defined _AIX && !defined REGEX_MALLOC
@@ -49,12 +46,11 @@
 # include <sys/types.h>
 #endif

-#define WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT \
-  defined _LIBC || (HAVE_WCTYPE_H && HAVE_WCHAR_H && HAVE_BTOWC)
+#define WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT (HAVE_WCTYPE_H && HAVE_WCHAR_H && HAVE_BTOWC)

 /* For platform which support the ISO C amendement 1 functionality we
   support user defined character classes.  */
-#if WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
+#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
 /* Solaris 2.5 has a bug: <wchar.h> must be included before <wctype.h>.  */
 # include <wchar.h>
 # include <wctype.h>
@@ -211,7 +207,7 @@ init_syntax_once ()
 #endif /* not emacs */

 /* Get the interface, including the syntax bits.  */
-#include "regex.h"
+#include <regex.h>

 /* isalpha etc. are used for the character classes.  */
 #include <ctype.h>
@@ -1722,7 +1718,7 @@ typedef struct
       } 								\
    }

-#if WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
+#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
 /* The GNU C library provides support for user-defined character classes
   and the functions from ISO C amendement 1.  */
 # ifdef CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
@@ -2214,10 +2210,13 @@ regex_compile (pattern, size, syntax, bufp)
                    for (;;)
                      {
                        PATFETCH (c);
-                        if ((c == ':' && *p == ']') || p == pend
-                            || c1 == CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
+                        if ((c == ':' && *p == ']') || p == pend)
                          break;
-                        str[c1++] = c;
+			if (c1 < CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
+			  str[c1++] = c;
+			else
+			  /* This is in any case an invalid class name.  */
+			  str[0] = '\0';
                      }
                    str[c1] = '\0';

@@ -2226,7 +2225,7 @@ regex_compile (pattern, size, syntax, bufp)
                       the leading `:' and `[' (but set bits for them).  */
                    if (c == ':' && *p == ']')
                      {
-#if WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
+#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
                        boolean is_lower = STREQ (str, "lower");
                        boolean is_upper = STREQ (str, "upper");
 			wctype_t wt;
@@ -2247,10 +2246,10 @@ regex_compile (pattern, size, syntax, bufp)
 # ifdef _LIBC
 			    if (__iswctype (__btowc (ch), wt))
 			      SET_LIST_BIT (ch);
-#else
+# else
 			    if (iswctype (btowc (ch), wt))
 			      SET_LIST_BIT (ch);
-#endif
+# endif

 			    if (translate && (is_upper || is_lower)
 				&& (ISUPPER (ch) || ISLOWER (ch)))
@@ -5574,7 +5573,8 @@ re_exec (s)
       REG_EXTENDED bit in CFLAGS is set; otherwise, to
       RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC;
     `newline_anchor' to REG_NEWLINE being set in CFLAGS;
-     `fastmap' and `fastmap_accurate' to zero;
+     `fastmap' to an allocated space for the fastmap;
+     `fastmap_accurate' to zero;
     `re_nsub' to the number of subexpressions in PATTERN.

   PATTERN is the address of the pattern string.
@@ -5613,11 +5613,8 @@ regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags)
  preg->allocated = 0;
  preg->used = 0;

-  /* Don't bother to use a fastmap when searching.  This simplifies the
-     REG_NEWLINE case: if we used a fastmap, we'd have to put all the
-     characters after newlines into the fastmap.  This way, we just try
-     every character.  */
-  preg->fastmap = 0;
+  /* Try to allocate space for the fastmap.  */
+  preg->fastmap = (char *) malloc (1 << BYTEWIDTH);

  if (cflags & REG_ICASE)
    {
@@ -5657,6 +5654,19 @@ regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags)
     unmatched close-group: both are REG_EPAREN.  */
  if (ret == REG_ERPAREN) ret = REG_EPAREN;

+  if (ret == REG_NOERROR && preg->fastmap)
+    {
+      /* Compute the fastmap now, since regexec cannot modify the pattern
+	 buffer.  */
+      if (re_compile_fastmap (preg) == -2)
+	{
+	  /* Some error occured while computing the fastmap, just forget
+	     about it.  */
+	  free (preg->fastmap);
+	  preg->fastmap = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
  return (int) ret;
 }
 #ifdef _LIBC
@@ -5705,10 +5715,10 @@ regexec (preg, string, nmatch, pmatch, eflags)
  if (want_reg_info)
    {
      regs.num_regs = nmatch;
-      regs.start = TALLOC (nmatch, regoff_t);
-      regs.end = TALLOC (nmatch, regoff_t);
-      if (regs.start == NULL || regs.end == NULL)
+      regs.start = TALLOC (nmatch * 2, regoff_t);
+      if (regs.start == NULL)
        return (int) REG_NOMATCH;
+      regs.end = regs.start + nmatch;
    }

  /* Perform the searching operation.  */
@@ -5732,7 +5742,6 @@ regexec (preg, string, nmatch, pmatch, eflags)

      /* If we needed the temporary register info, free the space now.  */
      free (regs.start);
-      free (regs.end);
    }

  /* We want zero return to mean success, unlike `re_search'.  */
--- a/lib/regex.h
+++ b/lib/regex.h
@@ -1,25 +1,24 @@
 /* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular
   expression library, version 0.12.
-   Copyright (C) 1985,89,90,91,92,93,95,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985,89,90,91,92,93,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.

-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.

-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #ifndef _REGEX_H
 #define _REGEX_H 1
@@ -283,8 +282,8 @@ extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
   `re_error_msg' table in regex.c.  */
 typedef enum
 {
-#if (_XOPEN_SOURCE - 0) == 500
-  REG_NOSYS = -1,	/* This will never happen for this implementation.  */
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
+  REG_ENOSYS = -1,	/* This will never happen for this implementation.  */
 #endif

  REG_NOERROR = 0,	/* Success.  */
@@ -442,15 +441,11 @@ typedef struct

 /* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax.
   You can also simply assign to the `re_syntax_options' variable.  */
-extern reg_syntax_t __re_set_syntax _RE_ARGS ((reg_syntax_t syntax));
 extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax _RE_ARGS ((reg_syntax_t syntax));

 /* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH
   and syntax given by the global `re_syntax_options', into the buffer
   BUFFER.  Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not.  */
-extern const char *__re_compile_pattern
-  _RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, size_t length,
-             struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
 extern const char *re_compile_pattern
  _RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, size_t length,
             struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
@@ -459,7 +454,6 @@ extern const char *re_compile_pattern
 /* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to
   accelerate searches.  Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an
   internal error.  */
-extern int __re_compile_fastmap _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
 extern int re_compile_fastmap _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));


@@ -468,9 +462,6 @@ extern int re_compile_fastmap _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
   characters.  Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no
   match, or -2 for an internal error.  Also return register
   information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero).  */
-extern int __re_search
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
-            int length, int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs));
 extern int re_search
  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
            int length, int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs));
@@ -478,10 +469,6 @@ extern int re_search

 /* Like `re_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and
   STRING2.  Also, stop searching at index START + STOP.  */
-extern int __re_search_2
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
-             int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
-             int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
 extern int re_search_2
  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
             int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
@@ -490,19 +477,12 @@ extern int re_search_2

 /* Like `re_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp
   in BUFFER matched, starting at position START.  */
-extern int __re_match
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
-             int length, int start, struct re_registers *regs));
 extern int re_match
  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
             int length, int start, struct re_registers *regs));


 /* Relates to `re_match' as `re_search_2' relates to `re_search'.  */
-extern int __re_match_2
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
-             int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
-             int start, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
 extern int re_match_2
  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
             int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
@@ -521,14 +501,11 @@ extern int re_match_2
   Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
   PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
   freeing the old data.  */
-extern void __re_set_registers
-  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, struct re_registers *regs,
-             unsigned num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends));
 extern void re_set_registers
  _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, struct re_registers *regs,
             unsigned num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends));

-#ifdef _REGEX_RE_COMP
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
 # ifndef _CRAY
 /* 4.2 bsd compatibility.  */
 extern char *re_comp _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
@@ -537,24 +514,16 @@ extern int re_exec _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
 #endif

 /* POSIX compatibility.  */
-extern int __regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg, const char *__pattern,
-				int __cflags));
 extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg, const char *__pattern,
 			      int __cflags));

-extern int __regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__preg,
-				const char *__string, size_t __nmatch,
-				regmatch_t __pmatch[], int __eflags));
 extern int regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__preg,
 			      const char *__string, size_t __nmatch,
 			      regmatch_t __pmatch[], int __eflags));

-extern size_t __regerror _RE_ARGS ((int __errcode, const regex_t *__preg,
-				    char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size));
 extern size_t regerror _RE_ARGS ((int __errcode, const regex_t *__preg,
 				  char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size));

-extern void __regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg));
 extern void regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg));


--- a/lib/rename.c
+++ b/lib/rename.c
@@ -38,12 +38,9 @@ extern int errno;
   Return 0 if successful, -1 if not. */

 int
-rename (from, to)
-     char *from;
-     char *to;
+rename (char *from, char *to)
 {
  struct stat from_stats, to_stats;
-  int pid, status;

  if (stat (from, &from_stats))
    return -1;
@@ -76,23 +73,27 @@ rename (from, to)
  if (S_ISDIR (from_stats.st_mode))
    {
      /* Need a setuid root process to link and unlink directories. */
-      pid = fork ();
+      int status;
+      pid_t pid = fork ();
      switch (pid)
 	{
 	case -1:		/* Error. */
-	  error (1, errno, "cannot fork");
+	  return -1;		/* errno already set */

 	case 0:			/* Child. */
 	  execl (MVDIR, "mvdir", from, to, (char *) 0);
-	  error (255, errno, "cannot run `%s'", MVDIR);
+	  _exit (1);

 	default:		/* Parent. */
 	  while (wait (&status) != pid)
 	    /* Do nothing. */ ;

-	  errno = 0;		/* mvdir printed the system error message. */
 	  if (status)
-	    return -1;
+	    {
+	      /* MVDIR failed.  */
+	      errno = EIO;
+	      return -1;
+	    }
 	}
    }
  else
--- a/lib/rmdir.c
+++ b/lib/rmdir.c
@@ -44,7 +44,8 @@ int
 rmdir (dpath)
     char *dpath;
 {
-  int cpid, status;
+  pid_t cpid;
+  int status;
  struct stat statbuf;

  if (stat (dpath, &statbuf) != 0)
@@ -73,7 +74,7 @@ rmdir (dpath)
      while (wait (&status) != cpid)
 	/* Do nothing.  */ ;

-      if (status & 0xFFFF)
+      if (status)
 	{

 	  /* /bin/rmdir failed.  */
--- a/lib/rpmatch.c
+++ b/lib/rpmatch.c
@@ -29,24 +29,15 @@
 # endif
 #endif

-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <regex.h>
-
 #if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <regex.h>
 # include <libintl.h>
 # define _(Text) gettext (Text)
-#else
-# define _(Text) Text
-#endif

 static int
-try (response, pattern, match, nomatch, lastp, re)
-     const char *response;
-     const char *pattern;
-     const int match;
-     const int nomatch;
-     const char **lastp;
-     regex_t *re;
+try (const char *response, const char *pattern, const int match,
+     const int nomatch, const char **lastp, regex_t *re)
 {
  if (pattern != *lastp)
    {
@@ -66,12 +57,13 @@ try (response, pattern, match, nomatch, lastp, re)
  /* See if the regular expression matches RESPONSE.  */
  return regexec (re, response, 0, NULL, 0) == 0 ? match : nomatch;
 }
+#endif


 int
-rpmatch (response)
-     const char *response;
+rpmatch (const char *response)
 {
+#if ENABLE_NLS
  /* Match against one of the response patterns, compiling the pattern
     first if necessary.  */

@@ -84,4 +76,9 @@ rpmatch (response)
 			 &yesexpr, &yesre))
 	  ? result
 	  : try (response, _("^[nN]"), 0, -1, &noexpr, &nore));
+#else
+  /* Test against "^[yY]" and "^[nN]", hardcoded to avoid requiring regex */
+  return (*response == 'y' || *response == 'Y' ? 1
+	  : *response == 'n' || *response == 'N' ? 0 : -1);
+#endif
 }
--- a/lib/save-cwd.c
+++ b/lib/save-cwd.c
@@ -57,8 +57,7 @@ char *xgetcwd PARAMS ((void));
   called, but doing so is ok.  Otherwise, return zero.  */

 int
-save_cwd (cwd)
-     struct saved_cwd *cwd;
+save_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd)
 {
  static int have_working_fchdir = 1;

@@ -118,10 +117,7 @@ save_cwd (cwd)
   */

 int
-restore_cwd (cwd, dest, from)
-     const struct saved_cwd *cwd;
-     const char *dest;
-     const char *from;
+restore_cwd (const struct saved_cwd *cwd, const char *dest, const char *from)
 {
  int fail = 0;
  if (cwd->desc >= 0)
@@ -144,8 +140,7 @@ restore_cwd (cwd, dest, from)
 }

 void
-free_cwd (cwd)
-     struct saved_cwd *cwd;
+free_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd)
 {
  if (cwd->desc >= 0)
    close (cwd->desc);
--- a/lib/savedir.c
+++ b/lib/savedir.c
@@ -76,9 +76,7 @@ char *stpcpy ();
   Return NULL if DIR cannot be opened or if out of memory. */

 char *
-savedir (dir, name_size)
-     const char *dir;
-     unsigned int name_size;
+savedir (const char *dir, unsigned int name_size)
 {
  DIR *dirp;
  struct dirent *dp;
--- a/lib/stpcpy.c
+++ b/lib/stpcpy.c
@@ -34,9 +34,7 @@

 /* Copy SRC to DEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in DEST.  */
 char *
-__stpcpy (dest, src)
-     char *dest;
-     const char *src;
+__stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
 {
  register char *d = dest;
  register const char *s = src;
--- a/lib/strcasecmp.c
+++ b/lib/strcasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* strcasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LENGTH_LIMIT
+# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strncasecmp
+# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N , size_t n
+# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) Expr
+#else
+# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strcasecmp
+# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N /* empty */
+# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) 0
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch))
+
+/* Compare {{no more than N characters of }}strings S1 and S2,
+   ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
+   greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less
+   than, equal to or greater than S2.  */
+
+int
+STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION (const char *s1, const char *s2 STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N)
+{
+  register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+  register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2 || LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (n == 0))
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      c1 = TOLOWER (*p1);
+      c2 = TOLOWER (*p2);
+
+      if (LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (--n == 0) || c1 == '\0')
+	break;
+
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  return c1 - c2;
+}
--- a/lib/strdup.c
+++ b/lib/strdup.c
@@ -31,8 +31,7 @@ char *strcpy ();
   or 0 if out of memory. */

 char *
-strdup (str)
-     const char *str;
+strdup (const char *str)
 {
  char *newstr;

--- a/lib/strftime.c
+++ b/lib/strftime.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991,92,93,94,95,96,97,98,99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
@@ -22,11 +22,6 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-/* Some systems need this in order to declare localtime_r properly.  */
-#ifndef _REENTRANT
-# define _REENTRANT 1
-#endif
-
 #ifdef _LIBC
 # define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
 # define HAVE_MBLEN 1
@@ -136,7 +131,7 @@ extern char *tzname[];
   add one for integer division truncation;
   add one more for a minus sign if t is signed.  */
 #define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) \
-  ((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - TYPE_SIGNED (t)) * 302 / 100 + 1 + TYPE_SIGNED (t))
+ ((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - TYPE_SIGNED (t)) * 302 / 1000 + 1 + TYPE_SIGNED (t))

 #define TM_YEAR_BASE 1900

@@ -149,21 +144,20 @@ extern char *tzname[];


 #ifdef _LIBC
-# define gmtime_r __gmtime_r
-# define localtime_r __localtime_r
+# define my_strftime_gmtime_r __gmtime_r
+# define my_strftime_localtime_r __localtime_r
 # define tzname __tzname
 # define tzset __tzset
 #else
-# if ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
-#  if ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
-/* Approximate gmtime_r as best we can in its absence.  */
-#   undef gmtime_r
-#   define gmtime_r my_gmtime_r
-static struct tm *gmtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
+
+/* If we're a strftime substitute in a GNU program, then prefer gmtime
+   to gmtime_r, since many gmtime_r implementations are buggy.
+   Similarly for localtime_r.  */
+
+# if ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+static struct tm *my_strftime_gmtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
 static struct tm *
-gmtime_r (t, tp)
-     const time_t *t;
-     struct tm *tp;
+my_strftime_gmtime_r (const time_t *t, struct tm *tp)
 {
  struct tm *l = gmtime (t);
  if (! l)
@@ -171,16 +165,11 @@ gmtime_r (t, tp)
  *tp = *l;
  return tp;
 }
-#  endif /* ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF */
+# endif /* ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF */

-/* Approximate localtime_r as best we can in its absence.  */
-#  undef localtime_r
-#  define localtime_r my_ftime_localtime_r
-static struct tm *localtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
+static struct tm *my_strftime_localtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
 static struct tm *
-localtime_r (t, tp)
-     const time_t *t;
-     struct tm *tp;
+my_strftime_localtime_r (const time_t *t, struct tm *tp)
 {
  struct tm *l = localtime (t);
  if (! l)
@@ -188,7 +177,6 @@ localtime_r (t, tp)
  *tp = *l;
  return tp;
 }
-# endif /* ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */
 #endif /* ! defined _LIBC */


@@ -282,10 +270,7 @@ static const char zeroes[16] = /* "0000000000000000" */
 static char *memcpy_lowcase __P ((char *dest, const char *src, size_t len));

 static char *
-memcpy_lowcase (dest, src, len)
-     char *dest;
-     const char *src;
-     size_t len;
+memcpy_lowcase (char *dest, const char *src, size_t len)
 {
  while (len-- > 0)
    dest[len] = TOLOWER ((unsigned char) src[len]);
@@ -295,10 +280,7 @@ memcpy_lowcase (dest, src, len)
 static char *memcpy_uppcase __P ((char *dest, const char *src, size_t len));

 static char *
-memcpy_uppcase (dest, src, len)
-     char *dest;
-     const char *src;
-     size_t len;
+memcpy_uppcase (char *dest, const char *src, size_t len)
 {
  while (len-- > 0)
    dest[len] = TOUPPER ((unsigned char) src[len]);
@@ -312,9 +294,7 @@ memcpy_uppcase (dest, src, len)
 # define tm_diff ftime_tm_diff
 static int tm_diff __P ((const struct tm *, const struct tm *));
 static int
-tm_diff (a, b)
-     const struct tm *a;
-     const struct tm *b;
+tm_diff (const struct tm *a, const struct tm *b)
 {
  /* Compute intervening leap days correctly even if year is negative.
     Take care to avoid int overflow in leap day calculations,
@@ -349,9 +329,7 @@ static int iso_week_days __P ((int, int));
 __inline__
 #endif
 static int
-iso_week_days (yday, wday)
-     int yday;
-     int wday;
+iso_week_days (int yday, int wday)
 {
  /* Add enough to the first operand of % to make it nonnegative.  */
  int big_enough_multiple_of_7 = (-YDAY_MINIMUM / 7 + 2) * 7;
@@ -376,34 +354,35 @@ static char const month_name[][10] =


 #ifdef emacs
-# define my_strftime emacs_strftime
- /* Emacs 20.2 uses `-Dstrftime=emacs_strftime' when compiling,
-    because that's how strftime used to be configured.
-    Undo this, since it gets in the way of accessing the underlying strftime,
-    which is needed for things like %Ec in Solaris.
-    The following two lines can be removed once Emacs stops compiling with
-    `-Dstrftime=emacs_strftime'.  */
-# undef strftime
-size_t strftime __P ((char *, size_t, const char *, const struct tm *));
+# define my_strftime emacs_strftimeu
+# define ut_argument , ut
+# define ut_argument_spec int ut;
+# define ut_argument_spec_iso , int ut
 #else
 # define my_strftime strftime
+# define ut_argument
+# define ut_argument_spec
+# define ut_argument_spec_iso
+/* We don't have this information in general.  */
+# define ut 0
 #endif

 #if !defined _LIBC && HAVE_TZNAME && HAVE_TZSET
  /* Solaris 2.5 tzset sometimes modifies the storage returned by localtime.
     Work around this bug by copying *tp before it might be munged.  */
  size_t _strftime_copytm __P ((char *, size_t, const char *,
-			        const struct tm *));
+			        const struct tm * ut_argument_spec_iso));
  size_t
-  my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
+  my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
      char *s;
      size_t maxsize;
      const char *format;
      const struct tm *tp;
+      ut_argument_spec
  {
    struct tm tmcopy;
    tmcopy = *tp;
-    return _strftime_copytm (s, maxsize, format, &tmcopy);
+    return _strftime_copytm (s, maxsize, format, &tmcopy ut_argument);
  }
 # undef my_strftime
 # define my_strftime(S, Maxsize, Format, Tp) \
@@ -418,41 +397,40 @@ size_t strftime __P ((char *, size_t, const char *, const struct tm *));
   anywhere, so to determine how many characters would be
   written, use NULL for S and (size_t) UINT_MAX for MAXSIZE.  */
 size_t
-my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
-      char *s;
-      size_t maxsize;
-      const char *format;
-      const struct tm *tp;
+my_strftime (char *s, size_t maxsize, const char *format, const struct tm *tp
+	     ut_argument_spec)
 {
  int hour12 = tp->tm_hour;
 #ifdef _NL_CURRENT
-  const char *const a_wkday = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ABDAY_1 + tp->tm_wday);
-  const char *const f_wkday = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, DAY_1 + tp->tm_wday);
-  const char *const a_month = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ABMON_1 + tp->tm_mon);
-  const char *const f_month = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, MON_1 + tp->tm_mon);
-  const char *const ampm = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
-					hour12 > 11 ? PM_STR : AM_STR);
-  size_t aw_len = strlen (a_wkday);
-  size_t am_len = strlen (a_month);
-  size_t ap_len = strlen (ampm);
+  /* We cannot make the following values variables since we must delay
+     the evaluation of these values until really needed since some
+     expressions might not be valid in every situation.  The `struct tm'
+     might be generated by a strptime() call that initialized
+     only a few elements.  Dereference the pointers only if the format
+     requires this.  Then it is ok to fail if the pointers are invalid.  */
+# define a_wkday _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ABDAY_1 + tp->tm_wday)
+# define f_wkday _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, DAY_1 + tp->tm_wday)
+# define a_month _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ABMON_1 + tp->tm_mon)
+# define f_month _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, MON_1 + tp->tm_mon)
+# define ampm _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, tp->tm_hour > 11 ? PM_STR : AM_STR)
+
+# define aw_len strlen (a_wkday)
+# define am_len strlen (a_month)
+# define ap_len strlen (ampm)
 #else
 # if !HAVE_STRFTIME
-  const char *const f_wkday = weekday_name[tp->tm_wday];
-  const char *const f_month = month_name[tp->tm_mon];
-  const char *const a_wkday = f_wkday;
-  const char *const a_month = f_month;
-  const char *const ampm = "AMPM" + 2 * (hour12 > 11);
+#  define f_wkday (weekday_name[tp->tm_wday])
+#  define f_month (month_name[tp->tm_mon])
+#  define a_wkday f_wkday
+#  define a_month f_month
+#  define ampm ("AMPM" + 2 * (tp->tm_hour > 11))
+
  size_t aw_len = 3;
  size_t am_len = 3;
  size_t ap_len = 2;
 # endif
-#endif
-#if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
-  size_t wkday_len = strlen (f_wkday);
-  size_t month_len = strlen (f_month);
 #endif
  const char *zone;
-  size_t zonelen;
  size_t i = 0;
  char *p = s;
  const char *f;
@@ -468,25 +446,27 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
  zone = (const char *) tp->tm_zone;
 #endif
 #if HAVE_TZNAME
-  /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever strftime() is called, the
-     time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
-     be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
+  if (ut)
+    {
+      if (! (zone && *zone))
+	zone = "GMT";
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever strftime() is called, the
+	 time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
+	 be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
 # if HAVE_TZSET
-  tzset ();
+      tzset ();
 # endif
-
-  if (!(zone && *zone) && tp->tm_isdst >= 0)
-    zone = tzname[tp->tm_isdst];
+    }
 #endif
-  if (! zone)
-    zone = "";		/* POSIX.2 requires the empty string here.  */
-
-  zonelen = strlen (zone);

  if (hour12 > 12)
    hour12 -= 12;
  else
-    if (hour12 == 0) hour12 = 12;
+    if (hour12 == 0)
+      hour12 = 12;

  for (f = format; *f != '\0'; ++f)
    {
@@ -552,7 +532,13 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 		if (bytes == 0)
 		  break;

-		if (bytes == (size_t) -2 || bytes == (size_t) -1)
+		if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
+		  {
+		    len += strlen (f + len);
+		    break;
+		  }
+
+		if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
 		  {
 		    len++;
 		    break;
@@ -563,6 +549,7 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	    while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));

 	    cpy (len, f);
+	    f += len - 1;
 	    continue;
 	  }
 	}
@@ -672,7 +659,7 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	      to_lowcase = 0;
 	    }
 #if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
-	  cpy (wkday_len, f_wkday);
+	  cpy (strlen (f_wkday), f_wkday);
 	  break;
 #else
 	  goto underlying_strftime;
@@ -698,7 +685,7 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	      to_lowcase = 0;
 	    }
 #if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
-	  cpy (month_len, f_month);
+	  cpy (strlen (f_month), f_month);
 	  break;
 #else
 	  goto underlying_strftime;
@@ -722,9 +709,7 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	subformat:
 	  {
 	    char *old_start = p;
-	    size_t len = my_strftime (NULL, maxsize - i, subfmt, tp);
-	    if (len == 0 && *subfmt)
-	      return 0;
+	    size_t len = my_strftime (NULL, (size_t) -1, subfmt, tp);
 	    add (len, my_strftime (p, maxsize - i, subfmt, tp));

 	    if (to_uppcase)
@@ -751,7 +736,7 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	    *u++ = format_char;
 	    *u = '\0';
 	    len = strftime (ubuf, sizeof ubuf, ufmt, tp);
-	    if (len == 0)
+	    if (len == 0 && ubuf[0] != '\0')
 	      return 0;
 	    cpy (len, ubuf);
 	  }
@@ -1040,7 +1025,6 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	  add (1, *p = '\t');
 	  break;

-	case 'f':
 	case 'u':		/* POSIX.2 extension.  */
 	  DO_NUMBER (1, (tp->tm_wday - 1 + 7) % 7 + 1);

@@ -1149,7 +1133,16 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	      to_uppcase = 0;
 	      to_lowcase = 1;
 	    }
-	  cpy (zonelen, zone);
+
+#if HAVE_TZNAME
+	  /* The tzset() call might have changed the value.  */
+	  if (!(zone && *zone) && tp->tm_isdst >= 0)
+	    zone = tzname[tp->tm_isdst];
+#endif
+	  if (! zone)
+	    zone = "";		/* POSIX.2 requires the empty string here.  */
+
+	  cpy (strlen (zone), zone);
 	  break;

 	case 'z':		/* GNU extension.  */
@@ -1161,34 +1154,39 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 #if HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
 	    diff = tp->tm_gmtoff;
 #else
-	    struct tm gtm;
-	    struct tm ltm;
-	    time_t lt;
-
-	    ltm = *tp;
-	    lt = mktime (&ltm);
-
-	    if (lt == (time_t) -1)
+	    if (ut)
+	      diff = 0;
+	    else
 	      {
-		/* mktime returns -1 for errors, but -1 is also a
-		   valid time_t value.  Check whether an error really
-		   occurred.  */
-		struct tm tm;
-		localtime_r (&lt, &tm);
+		struct tm gtm;
+		struct tm ltm;
+		time_t lt;

-		if ((ltm.tm_sec ^ tm.tm_sec)
-		    | (ltm.tm_min ^ tm.tm_min)
-		    | (ltm.tm_hour ^ tm.tm_hour)
-		    | (ltm.tm_mday ^ tm.tm_mday)
-		    | (ltm.tm_mon ^ tm.tm_mon)
-		    | (ltm.tm_year ^ tm.tm_year))
+		ltm = *tp;
+		lt = mktime (&ltm);
+
+		if (lt == (time_t) -1)
+		  {
+		    /* mktime returns -1 for errors, but -1 is also a
+		       valid time_t value.  Check whether an error really
+		       occurred.  */
+		    struct tm tm;
+
+		    if (! my_strftime_localtime_r (&lt, &tm)
+			|| ((ltm.tm_sec ^ tm.tm_sec)
+			    | (ltm.tm_min ^ tm.tm_min)
+			    | (ltm.tm_hour ^ tm.tm_hour)
+			    | (ltm.tm_mday ^ tm.tm_mday)
+			    | (ltm.tm_mon ^ tm.tm_mon)
+			    | (ltm.tm_year ^ tm.tm_year)))
+		      break;
+		  }
+
+		if (! my_strftime_gmtime_r (&lt, &gtm))
 		  break;
+
+		diff = tm_diff (&ltm, &gtm);
 	      }
-
-	    if (! gmtime_r (&lt, &gtm))
-	      break;
-
-	    diff = tm_diff (&ltm, &gtm);
 #endif

 	    if (diff < 0)
@@ -1221,7 +1219,23 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
 	}
    }

-  if (p)
+  if (p && maxsize != 0)
    *p = '\0';
  return i;
 }
+
+
+#ifdef emacs
+/* For Emacs we have a separate interface which corresponds to the normal
+   strftime function and does not have the extra information whether the
+   TP arguments comes from a `gmtime' call or not.  */
+size_t
+emacs_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
+      char *s;
+      size_t maxsize;
+      const char *format;
+      const struct tm *tp;
+{
+  return my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp, 0);
+}
+#endif
--- a/lib/stripslash.c
+++ b/lib/stripslash.c
@@ -32,8 +32,7 @@
   when given a path that ends in "/" (except for the root directory).  */

 void
-strip_trailing_slashes (path)
-     char *path;
+strip_trailing_slashes (char *path)
 {
  int last;

--- a/lib/strncasecmp.c
+++ b/lib/strncasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#define LENGTH_LIMIT
+#include "strcasecmp.c"
--- a/lib/strndup.c
+++ b/lib/strndup.c
@@ -33,9 +33,7 @@ char *malloc ();

 /* Duplicate S, returning an identical malloc'd string.  */
 char *
-strndup (s, n)
-     const char *s;
-     size_t n;
+strndup (const char *s, size_t n)
 {
  char *new = malloc (n + 1);

--- a/lib/strstr.c
+++ b/lib/strstr.c
@@ -30,9 +30,7 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 typedef unsigned chartype;

 char *
-strstr (phaystack, pneedle)
-     const char *phaystack;
-     const char *pneedle;
+strstr (const char *phaystack, const char *pneedle)
 {
  register const unsigned char *haystack, *needle;
  register chartype b, c;
--- a/lib/strtod.c
+++ b/lib/strtod.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -57,9 +57,7 @@ extern int errno;
 /* Convert NPTR to a double.  If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the
   character after the last one used in the number is put in *ENDPTR.  */
 double
-strtod (nptr, endptr)
-     const char *nptr;
-     char **endptr;
+strtod (const char *nptr, char **endptr)
 {
  register const char *s;
  short int sign;
--- a/lib/strtol.c
+++ b/lib/strtol.c
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-/* strtol - Convert string representation of a number into an integer value.
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Convert string representation of a number into an integer value.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
-   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ extern int errno;
 # include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
 #endif

-/* Nonzero if we are defining `strtoul' or `strtouq', operating on
+/* Nonzero if we are defining `strtoul' or `strtoull', operating on
   unsigned integers.  */
 #ifndef UNSIGNED
 # define UNSIGNED 0
@@ -64,72 +64,154 @@ extern int errno;
 #endif

 /* Determine the name.  */
-#if UNSIGNED
-# ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
-#  ifdef QUAD
-#   define strtol wcstouq
+#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+# if UNSIGNED
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __wcstoull_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __wcstoul_l
+#   endif
 #  else
-#   define strtol wcstoul
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __strtoull_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __strtoul_l
+#   endif
 #  endif
 # else
-#  ifdef QUAD
-#   define strtol strtouq
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __wcstoll_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __wcstol_l
+#   endif
 #  else
-#   define strtol strtoul
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __strtoll_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __strtol_l
+#   endif
 #  endif
 # endif
 #else
-# ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
-#  ifdef QUAD
-#   define strtol wcstoq
+# if UNSIGNED
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol wcstoull
+#   else
+#    define strtol wcstoul
+#   endif
 #  else
-#   define strtol wcstol
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol strtoull
+#   else
+#    define strtol strtoul
+#   endif
 #  endif
 # else
-#  ifdef QUAD
-#   define strtol strtoq
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol wcstoll
+#   else
+#    define strtol wcstol
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol strtoll
+#   endif
 #  endif
 # endif
 #endif

-/* If QUAD is defined, we are defining `strtoq' or `strtouq',
+/* If QUAD is defined, we are defining `strtoll' or `strtoull',
   operating on `long long int's.  */
 #ifdef QUAD
 # define LONG long long
-# undef LONG_MIN
-# define LONG_MIN LONG_LONG_MIN
-# undef LONG_MAX
-# define LONG_MAX LONG_LONG_MAX
-# undef ULONG_MAX
-# define ULONG_MAX ULONG_LONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_LONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_LONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_LONG_MAX
+
+/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs,
+   e.g. Cray C 5.0.3.0 when t == time_t.  */
+# ifndef TYPE_SIGNED
+#  define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+# endif
+# ifndef TYPE_MINIMUM
+#  define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+				? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) \
+				: (t) 0))
+# endif
+# ifndef TYPE_MAXIMUM
+#  define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) ((t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t)))
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ULONG_LONG_MAX
+#  define ULONG_LONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (unsigned long long)
+# endif
+# ifndef LONG_LONG_MAX
+#  define LONG_LONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (long long int)
+# endif
+# ifndef LONG_LONG_MIN
+#  define LONG_LONG_MIN TYPE_MINIMUM (long long int)
+# endif
+
 # if __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7
   /* Work around gcc bug with using this constant.  */
   static const unsigned long long int maxquad = ULONG_LONG_MAX;
-#  undef ULONG_MAX
-#  define ULONG_MAX maxquad
+#  undef STRTOL_ULONG_MAX
+#  define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX maxquad
 # endif
 #else
 # define LONG long

-#ifndef ULONG_MAX
-# define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long) ~(unsigned long) 0)
+# ifndef ULONG_MAX
+#  define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long) ~(unsigned long) 0)
+# endif
+# ifndef LONG_MAX
+#  define LONG_MAX ((long int) (ULONG_MAX >> 1))
+# endif
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
 #endif
-#ifndef LONG_MAX
-# define LONG_MAX ((long int) (ULONG_MAX >> 1))
+
+
+/* We use this code also for the extended locale handling where the
+   function gets as an additional argument the locale which has to be
+   used.  To access the values we have to redefine the _NL_CURRENT
+   macro.  */
+#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+# undef _NL_CURRENT
+# define _NL_CURRENT(category, item) \
+  (current->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (item)].string)
+# define LOCALE_PARAM , loc
+# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL __locale_t loc;
+#else
+# define LOCALE_PARAM
+# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
 #endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_WCHAR_H
+# include <wchar.h>
 #endif

 #ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
-# include <wchar.h>
 # include <wctype.h>
 # define L_(Ch) L##Ch
 # define UCHAR_TYPE wint_t
 # define STRING_TYPE wchar_t
-# define ISSPACE(Ch) iswspace (Ch)
-# define ISALPHA(Ch) iswalpha (Ch)
-# define TOUPPER(Ch) towupper (Ch)
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) __iswspace_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) __iswalpha_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) __towupper_l ((Ch), loc)
+# else
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) iswspace (Ch)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) iswalpha (Ch)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) towupper (Ch)
+# endif
 #else
-# if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+# if defined STDC_HEADERS || (!defined isascii && !defined HAVE_ISASCII)
 #  define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
 # else
 #  define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
@@ -137,12 +219,20 @@ extern int errno;
 # define L_(Ch) Ch
 # define UCHAR_TYPE unsigned char
 # define STRING_TYPE char
-# define ISSPACE(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isspace (Ch))
-# define ISALPHA(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isalpha (Ch))
-# define TOUPPER(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) ? toupper (Ch) : (Ch))
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) __isspace_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) __isalpha_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) __toupper_l ((Ch), loc)
+# else
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isspace (Ch))
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isalpha (Ch))
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) ? toupper (Ch) : (Ch))
+# endif
 #endif

-#ifdef __STDC__
+/* For compilers which are ansi but don't define __STDC__, like SGI
+   Irix-4.0.5 cc, also check whether PROTOTYPES is defined. */
+#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (PROTOTYPES)
 # define INTERNAL(X) INTERNAL1(X)
 # define INTERNAL1(X) __##X##_internal
 # define WEAKNAME(X) WEAKNAME1(X)
@@ -156,6 +246,7 @@ extern int errno;
 #endif


+
 /* Convert NPTR to an `unsigned long int' or `long int' in base BASE.
   If BASE is 0 the base is determined by the presence of a leading
   zero, indicating octal or a leading "0x" or "0X", indicating hexadecimal.
@@ -164,11 +255,12 @@ extern int errno;
   one converted is stored in *ENDPTR.  */

 INT
-INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
+INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group LOCALE_PARAM)
     const STRING_TYPE *nptr;
     STRING_TYPE **endptr;
     int base;
     int group;
+     LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
 {
  int negative;
  register unsigned LONG int cutoff;
@@ -180,8 +272,11 @@ INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
  int overflow;

 #ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+  struct locale_data *current = loc->__locales[LC_NUMERIC];
+# endif
  /* The thousands character of the current locale.  */
-  wchar_t thousands;
+  wchar_t thousands = L'\0';
  /* The numeric grouping specification of the current locale,
     in the format described in <locale.h>.  */
  const char *grouping;
@@ -194,9 +289,11 @@ INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
      else
 	{
 	  /* Figure out the thousands separator character.  */
-	  if (mbtowc (&thousands, _NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, THOUSANDS_SEP),
-		      strlen (_NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, THOUSANDS_SEP))) <= 0)
-	    thousands = (wchar_t) *_NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, THOUSANDS_SEP);
+# if defined _LIBC || defined _HAVE_BTOWC
+	  thousands = __btowc (*_NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, THOUSANDS_SEP));
+	  if (thousands == WEOF)
+	    thousands = L'\0';
+# endif
 	  if (thousands == L'\0')
 	    grouping = NULL;
 	}
@@ -233,23 +330,19 @@ INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
  else
    negative = 0;

-  if (base == 16 && s[0] == L_('0') && TOUPPER (s[1]) == L_('X'))
-    s += 2;
-
-  /* If BASE is zero, figure it out ourselves.  */
-  if (base == 0)
-    if (*s == L_('0'))
-      {
-	if (TOUPPER (s[1]) == L_('X'))
-	  {
-	    s += 2;
-	    base = 16;
-	  }
-	else
-	  base = 8;
-      }
-    else
-      base = 10;
+  /* Recognize number prefix and if BASE is zero, figure it out ourselves.  */
+  if (*s == L_('0'))
+    {
+      if ((base == 0 || base == 16) && TOUPPER (s[1]) == L_('X'))
+	{
+	  s += 2;
+	  base = 16;
+	}
+      else if (base == 0)
+	base = 8;
+    }
+  else if (base == 0)
+    base = 10;

  /* Save the pointer so we can check later if anything happened.  */
  save = s;
@@ -273,8 +366,8 @@ INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
 #endif
    end = NULL;

-  cutoff = ULONG_MAX / (unsigned LONG int) base;
-  cutlim = ULONG_MAX % (unsigned LONG int) base;
+  cutoff = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX / (unsigned LONG int) base;
+  cutlim = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX % (unsigned LONG int) base;

  overflow = 0;
  i = 0;
@@ -314,25 +407,23 @@ INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
     `unsigned LONG int', but outside the range of `LONG int'.  */
  if (overflow == 0
      && i > (negative
-	      ? -((unsigned LONG int) (LONG_MIN + 1)) + 1
-	      : (unsigned LONG int) LONG_MAX))
+	      ? -((unsigned LONG int) (STRTOL_LONG_MIN + 1)) + 1
+	      : (unsigned LONG int) STRTOL_LONG_MAX))
    overflow = 1;
-#else
-  overflow |= negative;
 #endif

  if (overflow)
    {
      __set_errno (ERANGE);
 #if UNSIGNED
-      return ULONG_MAX;
+      return STRTOL_ULONG_MAX;
 #else
-      return negative ? LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX;
+      return negative ? STRTOL_LONG_MIN : STRTOL_LONG_MAX;
 #endif
    }

  /* Return the result of the appropriate sign.  */
-  return (negative ? -i : i);
+  return negative ? -i : i;

 noconv:
  /* We must handle a special case here: the base is 0 or 16 and the
@@ -340,12 +431,14 @@ noconv:
     hexadecimal digits.  This is no error case.  We return 0 and
     ENDPTR points to the `x`.  */
  if (endptr != NULL)
-    if (save - nptr >= 2 && TOUPPER (save[-1]) == L_('X')
-	&& save[-2] == L_('0'))
-      *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) &save[-1];
-    else
-      /*  There was no number to convert.  */
-      *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) nptr;
+    {
+      if (save - nptr >= 2 && TOUPPER (save[-1]) == L_('X')
+	  && save[-2] == L_('0'))
+	*endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) &save[-1];
+      else
+	/*  There was no number to convert.  */
+	*endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) nptr;
+    }

  return 0L;
 }
@@ -369,10 +462,11 @@ INT
 #ifdef weak_function
 weak_function
 #endif
-strtol (nptr, endptr, base)
+strtol (nptr, endptr, base LOCALE_PARAM)
     const STRING_TYPE *nptr;
     STRING_TYPE **endptr;
     int base;
+     LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
 {
-  return INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, 0);
+  return INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, 0 LOCALE_PARAM);
 }
--- a/lib/strtoull.c
+++ b/lib/strtoull.c
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* Function to parse an `unsigned long long int' from text.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define QUAD 1
+
+#include "strtoul.c"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+strong_alias (__strtoull_internal, __strtouq_internal)
+weak_alias (strtoull, strtouq)
+#endif
--- a/lib/strtoumax.c
+++ b/lib/strtoumax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Convert string representation of a number into an uintmax_t value.
+   Copyright 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG && ! HAVE_STRTOULL
+  unsigned long long strtoull PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+uintmax_t
+strtoumax (char const *ptr, char **endptr, int base)
+{
+#define USE_IF_EQUIVALENT(function) \
+    if (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof function (ptr, endptr, base)) \
+      return function (ptr, endptr, base);
+
+#if HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+    USE_IF_EQUIVALENT (strtoull)
+#endif
+
+  USE_IF_EQUIVALENT (strtoul)
+
+  abort ();
+}
--- a/lib/strverscmp.c
+++ b/lib/strverscmp.c
@@ -43,9 +43,7 @@
 */

 int
-strverscmp (s1, s2)
-     const char *s1;
-     const char *s2;
+strverscmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
 {
  const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
  const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
--- a/lib/userspec.c
+++ b/lib/userspec.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* userspec.c -- Parse a user and group string.
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1992, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -93,8 +93,7 @@ char *strdup ();
   otherwise return 0. */

 static int
-is_number (str)
-     const char *str;
+is_number (const char *str)
 {
  for (; *str; str++)
    if (!isdigit (*str))
@@ -115,11 +114,8 @@ is_number (str)
   Return NULL if successful, a static error message string if not.  */

 const char *
-parse_user_spec (spec_arg, uid, gid, username_arg, groupname_arg)
-     const char *spec_arg;
-     uid_t *uid;
-     gid_t *gid;
-     char **username_arg, **groupname_arg;
+parse_user_spec (const char *spec_arg, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
+		 char **username_arg, char **groupname_arg)
 {
  static const char *tired = "virtual memory exhausted";
  const char *error_msg;
--- a/lib/utime.c
+++ b/lib/utime.c
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ utime_null (const char *file)
  int status = 0;
  struct stat sb;

-  fd = open (file, O_RDWR, 0666);
+  fd = open (file, O_RDWR);
  if (fd < 0
      || fstat (fd, &sb) < 0
      || safe_read (fd, &c, sizeof (char)) < 0
--- a/lib/version-etc.c
+++ b/lib/version-etc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* Utility to help print --version output in a consistent format.
+   Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "version-etc.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+void
+version_etc (FILE *stream,
+	     const char *command_name, const char *package,
+	     const char *version, const char *authors)
+{
+  fprintf (stream, "%s (%s) %s\n", command_name, package, version);
+  fputs (_("\
+\n\
+Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n\
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\
+\n\
+"
+	   ), stream);
+  fprintf (stream, _("Written by %s.\n"), authors);
+}
--- a/lib/version-etc.h
+++ b/lib/version-etc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#ifndef VERSION_ETC_H
+# define VERSION_ETC_H 1
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+void
+version_etc PARAMS ((FILE *stream,
+		    const char *command_name, const char *package,
+		    const char *version, const char *authors));
+
+#endif /* VERSION_ETC_H */
--- a/lib/xalloc.h
+++ b/lib/xalloc.h
@@ -1,21 +1,52 @@
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+/* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef XALLOC_H_
+# define XALLOC_H_
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
 # endif
-#endif

 /* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
-   The caller may set it to some other value.  */
+   It is initialized to EXIT_FAILURE, but the caller may set it to
+   some other value.  */
 extern int xalloc_exit_failure;

-/* FIXME: describe */
-extern char *const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted;
-
-/* FIXME: describe */
+/* If this pointer is non-zero, run the specified function upon each
+   allocation failure.  It is initialized to zero. */
 extern void (*xalloc_fail_func) ();

+/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is undefined or a function that returns, this
+   message must be non-NULL.  It is translated via gettext.
+   The default value is "Memory exhausted".  */
+extern char *const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted;
+
 void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t n));
 void *xcalloc PARAMS ((size_t n, size_t s));
 void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *p, size_t n));
+
+# define XMALLOC(Type, N_bytes) ((Type *) xmalloc (sizeof (Type) * (N_bytes)))
+# define XCALLOC(Type, N_bytes) ((Type *) xcalloc (sizeof (Type), (N_bytes)))
+# define XREALLOC(Ptr, Type, N_bytes) \
+  ((Type *) xrealloc ((void *) (Ptr), sizeof (Type) * (N_bytes)))
+
+#endif /* !XALLOC_H_ */
--- a/lib/xmalloc.c
+++ b/lib/xmalloc.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -46,13 +46,6 @@ void free ();
 # define EXIT_FAILURE 1
 #endif

-/* Prototypes for functions defined here.  */
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-void *xmalloc (size_t n);
-void *xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s);
-void *xrealloc (void *p, size_t n);
-#endif
-
 #ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
 you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc -- see malloc.m4
 #endif
@@ -65,31 +58,25 @@ you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc -- see realloc.m4
   The caller may set it to some other value.  */
 int xalloc_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;

-/* FIXME: describe */
-char *const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted = N_("Memory exhausted");
-
-/* FIXME: describe */
+/* If non NULL, call this function when memory is exhausted. */
 void (*xalloc_fail_func) () = 0;

-#if __STDC__ && (HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT)
-void error (int, int, const char *, ...);
-#else
-void error ();
-#endif
+/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is NULL, or does return, display this message
+   before exiting when memory is exhausted.  Goes through gettext. */
+char *const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted = N_("Memory exhausted");

 static void
-xalloc_fail ()
+xalloc_fail (void)
 {
  if (xalloc_fail_func)
    (*xalloc_fail_func) ();
-  error (xalloc_exit_failure, 0, xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted);
+  error (xalloc_exit_failure, 0, "%s", _(xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted));
 }

 /* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking.  */

 void *
-xmalloc (n)
-     size_t n;
+xmalloc (size_t n)
 {
  void *p;

@@ -104,9 +91,7 @@ xmalloc (n)
   If P is NULL, run xmalloc.  */

 void *
-xrealloc (p, n)
-     void *p;
-     size_t n;
+xrealloc (void *p, size_t n)
 {
  p = realloc (p, n);
  if (p == 0)
@@ -114,13 +99,10 @@ xrealloc (p, n)
  return p;
 }

-#ifdef NOT_USED
-
 /* Allocate memory for N elements of S bytes, with error checking.  */

 void *
-xcalloc (n, s)
-     size_t n, s;
+xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
 {
  void *p;

@@ -129,5 +111,3 @@ xcalloc (n, s)
    xalloc_fail ();
  return p;
 }
-
-#endif /* NOT_USED */
--- a/lib/xstat.in
+++ b/lib/xstat.in
@@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
-/* Work around the bug in some systems whereby stat succeeds when
-   given the zero-length file name argument.  The stat from SunOS4.1.4
+/* @IGNORE@ -*- c -*- */
+/* @IGNORE@ This file is a template from which both stat.c and lstat.c
+   @IGNORE@ are generated. */
+/* Work around the bug in some systems whereby @xstat@ succeeds when
+   given the zero-length file name argument.  The @xstat@ from SunOS4.1.4
   has this bug.
   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

@@ -21,11 +24,6 @@

 #include <config.h>

-/* Disable the definition of stat to rpl_stat (from config.h) in this
-   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_stat on
-   most systems.  */
-#undef stat
-
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <errno.h>
@@ -33,18 +31,16 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif

-/* This is a wrapper for stat(2).
+/* This is a wrapper for @xstat@(2).
   If FILE is the empty string, fail with errno == ENOENT.
-   Otherwise, return the result of calling the real stat.
+   Otherwise, return the result of calling the real @xstat@.

-   This works around the bug in some systems whereby stat succeeds when
-   given the zero-length file name argument.  The stat from SunOS4.1.4
+   This works around the bug in some systems whereby @xstat@ succeeds when
+   given the zero-length file name argument.  The @xstat@ from SunOS4.1.4
   has this bug.  */

 int
-rpl_stat (file, sbuf)
-     const char *file;
-     struct stat *sbuf;
+rpl_@xstat@ (const char *file, struct stat *sbuf)
 {
  if (file && *file == 0)
    {
@@ -52,5 +48,5 @@ rpl_stat (file, sbuf)
      return -1;
    }

-  return stat (file, sbuf);
+  return @xstat@ (file, sbuf);
 }
--- a/lib/xstrtol.c
+++ b/lib/xstrtol.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* A more useful interface to strtol.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,6 +21,12 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

+#ifndef __strtol
+# define __strtol strtol
+# define __strtol_t long int
+# define __xstrtol xstrtol
+#endif
+
 /* Some pre-ANSI implementations (e.g. SunOS 4)
   need stderr defined if assertion checking is enabled.  */
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -39,6 +45,7 @@
 #endif

 #include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>

 #include <errno.h>
 #ifndef errno
@@ -61,22 +68,22 @@ extern int errno;
 			      ? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) : (t) 0))
 #define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t))

-#ifndef ULONG_MAX
-# define ULONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (unsigned long int)
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
 #endif

-#ifndef LONG_MAX
-# define LONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (long int)
-#endif
+#define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))

 #include "xstrtol.h"

-__unsigned long int __strtol ();
+__strtol_t __strtol ();

 static int
-bkm_scale (__unsigned long int *x, int scale_factor)
+bkm_scale (__strtol_t *x, int scale_factor)
 {
-  __unsigned long int product = *x * scale_factor;
+  __strtol_t product = *x * scale_factor;
  if (*x != product / scale_factor)
    return 1;
  *x = product;
@@ -84,7 +91,7 @@ bkm_scale (__unsigned long int *x, int scale_factor)
 }

 static int
-bkm_scale_by_power (__unsigned long int *x, int base, int power)
+bkm_scale_by_power (__strtol_t *x, int base, int power)
 {
  while (power--)
    if (bkm_scale (x, base))
@@ -97,16 +104,25 @@ bkm_scale_by_power (__unsigned long int *x, int base, int power)

 strtol_error
 __xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
-	   __unsigned long int *val, const char *valid_suffixes)
+	   __strtol_t *val, const char *valid_suffixes)
 {
  char *t_ptr;
  char **p;
-  __unsigned long int tmp;
+  __strtol_t tmp;

  assert (0 <= strtol_base && strtol_base <= 36);

  p = (ptr ? ptr : &t_ptr);

+  if (! TYPE_SIGNED (__strtol_t))
+    {
+      const char *q = s;
+      while (ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *q))
+	++q;
+      if (*q == '-')
+	return LONGINT_INVALID;
+    }
+
  errno = 0;
  tmp = __strtol (s, p, strtol_base);
  if (errno != 0)
@@ -115,8 +131,8 @@ __xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
    return LONGINT_INVALID;

  /* Let valid_suffixes == NULL mean `allow any suffix'.  */
-  /* FIXME: update all callers except the one in tail.c changing
-     last parameter NULL to `""'.  */
+  /* FIXME: update all callers except the ones that allow suffixes
+     after the number, changing last parameter NULL to `""'.  */
  if (!valid_suffixes)
    {
      *val = tmp;
@@ -130,7 +146,10 @@ __xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
      int overflow;

      if (!strchr (valid_suffixes, **p))
-	return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
+	{
+	  *val = tmp;
+	  return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
+	}

      if (strchr (valid_suffixes, '0'))
 	{
@@ -203,6 +222,7 @@ __xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
 	  break;

 	default:
+	  *val = tmp;
 	  return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
 	  break;
 	}
@@ -234,7 +254,7 @@ main (int argc, char** argv)
  for (i=1; i<argc; i++)
    {
      char *p;
-      __unsigned long int val;
+      __strtol_t val;

      s_err = __xstrtol (argv[i], &p, 0, &val, "bckmw");
      if (s_err == LONGINT_OK)
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More